diff --git a/1-pt_BR-index.html b/1-pt_BR-index.html new file mode 120000 index 000000000..dcf05a1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-pt_BR-index.html @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/pt_BR/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml index 6ad3946ca..ce6bfb21d 100644 --- a/_config.yml +++ b/_config.yml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ plugins: - jekyll-paginate-v2 - jekyll-polyglot - jekyll-minifier -languages: ["en", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr", "pt"] +languages: ["en", "pt_BR", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr", "pt"] default_lang: "en" exclude_from_localization: ["assets", "images", "css", "README.md", "manifest.json", "humans.txt", "sitemap.xml", "robots.txt", "404.html", "CNAME", "LICENSE.md"] parallel_localization: true @@ -12,13 +12,14 @@ a_rootpage: "https://jamulus.io" download_root_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/download/r3_9_0/" download_file_names: deb-gui: "jamulus_3.9.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" - deb-headless: "jamulus_headless_3.9.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" + deb-headless: "jamulus-headless_3.9.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" deb-gui-armhf: "jamulus_3.9.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" - deb-headless-armhf: "jamulus_headless_3.9.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" + deb-headless-armhf: "jamulus-headless_3.9.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" + deb-gui-arm64: "jamulus_3.9.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" + deb-headless-arm64: "jamulus-headless_3.9.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" windows: "jamulus_3.9.0_win.exe" windows-jack: "jamulus_3.9.0_win_jack.exe" mac: "jamulus_3.9.0_mac.dmg" - mac-arm: "jamulus_3.9.0_mac_arm64.dmg" mac-legacy: "jamulus_3.9.0_mac_legacy.dmg" android: "jamulus_3.9.0_android.apk" ios: "jamulus_3.9.0_iOSUnsigned.ipa" diff --git a/_layouts/mainhomepage.html b/_layouts/mainhomepage.html index 57893df95..fdf7b3a7d 100644 --- a/_layouts/mainhomepage.html +++ b/_layouts/mainhomepage.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@

Jamulus

{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}
- {{ page.mTDownloadNow }} Windows, Mac, Debian/Ubuntu & {{ page.mTOtherPlatforms }}. + {{ page.mTDownloadNow }} Windows, macOS, Debian/Ubuntu and {{ page.mTOtherPlatforms }}.
diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po index 426b07073..92a65788a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po @@ -17,7 +17,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Custom-Directories.po deleted file mode 100644 index d953c0eed..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Custom-Directories.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:16+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" -msgstr "/wiki/Custom-Directories" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -#, fuzzy -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" -msgstr "### Betrieb als Verzeichnis Server" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Der Betrieb als Verzeichnis Server ist eine spezielle Jamulus Server-Konfiguration, wie in [Server Typen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) beschrieben." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Um die von einem benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnis aufgelisteten Server zu betrachten, müssen Benutzer die Adresse dieses Verzeichnisses in das Feld Einstellungen > Erweiterte Einrichtung > Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse deines Clients eingeben. Bei Bedarf können mehrere Adressen auf diese Weise hinzugefügt werden. Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse erscheinen dann in der Dropdown-Liste „Verzeichnis“ in ihrem Verbindungsfenster. Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse funktionieren für Clients auf dieselbe Weise wie öffentliche Verzeichnisse und zeigen eine Liste der bei ihnen registrierten Server an." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Um einen Server als Verzeichnis zu betreiben, sollte er mit der Option `--directoryserver` gestartet werden, um sich selbst (d.h. 'localhost' oder '127.0.0.1') zum Verzeichnis für die Abfrage nach Servern zu machen." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 -msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "Wenn du einen Server mit der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche betreibst, setze die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisservers auf der Registerkarte Optionen auf „localhost“ und wähle dann „Benutzerdefiniert“ aus der Dropdown-Liste Verzeichnis." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Wissenswertes über Verzeichnisse" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 -msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "Wenn du kontrollieren möchtest, welche Server sich in deinem Verzeichnis registrieren können, kannst du mit der Befehlszeilen Option `--listfilter` eine Whitelist im Format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` aktivieren." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "Wenn du ein Verzeichnis hinter einer NAT-Firewall in einem privaten Netzwerk betreibst, verwende die Option `--serverpublicip`, um die öffentliche IP-Adresse des/der Server(s) anzugeben, der/die von deinem Verzeichnis aufgelistet wird/werden, wenn sich diese Server im gleichen LAN / mit der gleichen öffentlichen IP wie das Verzeichnis befinden. Dies ist notwendig, damit sich Clients im öffentlichen Internet über NAT mit deinem Server verbinden können. Beachte, dass du für die Server, die diese Option verwenden, trotzdem eine korrekte Portweiterleitung in deinem Router/Firewall einrichten musst." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "Wenn du deinen Server als Verzeichnis betreibst und ihn aus irgendeinem Grund neu starten musst (z. B. beim Neustart des Hosts), werden die mit ihm verbundenen Server getrennt, bis sie sich neu registrieren. Dies bedeutet nicht, dass Clients, die mit diesen Servern verbunden sind, getrennt werden, aber es bedeutet, dass neue Clients die von deinem Verzeichnis aufgelisteten Server nicht sehen können, bis diese Server wieder verbunden sind. Damit die Liste der registrierten Server zwischen den Neustarts bestehen bleibt, verwende die Option `--directoryfile`, um den Ort und den Namen einer Datei anzugeben, die das Verzeichnis lesen und beschreiben kann." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 -msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Bis zu 150 Server können sich in ein Verzeichnis eintragen." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4598b7abe --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "de" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po index 9686691d0..df9a25ec3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po @@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ msgstr "### Woher weiß ich, ob ich einem Server beitreten kann? Gibt es Regeln? #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." msgstr "Wenn jemand einen Server in eines der öffentlichen Verzeichnisse einträgt, die Jamulus standardmäßig bereitstellt, akzeptiert er damit, dass jeder auf ihm spielen kann. Jamulus unterstützt keinen Passwortschutz oder andere Authentifizierungsmechanismen. Einige Server können jedoch in der Willkommensnachricht, die du im Chat-Fenster sehen kannst, Richtlinien angeben." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po index ca517cb8c..5ff587089 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-23 08:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -84,13 +85,7 @@ msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem Betriebssystem einzurichten, folge bitte der Insta #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -104,6 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) und [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) können auch genutzt werden, sind aber momentan experimentell._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po index 420a35ced..deee3840e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 @@ -27,17 +28,13 @@ msgstr "Wenn du Jamulus installiert hast und es läuft, solltest du eine Kopie d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, look in the `%APPDATA%` folder. There will be one or more `.ini` files in a folder there named `Jamulus`." msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." -msgstr "Um deine Einstellungsdatei unter Windows zu finden, suche im Ordner `%APPDATA%`. Dort findest du eine oder mehrere `.ini`-Dateien in einem Ordner namens `Jamulus`." +msgstr "Um deine Einstellungsdatei unter Windows zu finden, gebe `%APPDATA%` in die Suchleiste ein und suche nach dem `Jamulus` Ordner. Dort findest du eine oder mehrere `.ini`-Dateien. Sichere nun die Jamulus Einstellungen." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live:" msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" -msgstr "Für alle anderen Plattformen kannst du den folgenden Befehl in der Befehlszeile ausführen, um herauszufinden, wo sich die Dateien befinden:" +msgstr "Für alle anderen Plattformen kannst du den folgenden Befehl in der Befehlszeile ausführen, um herauszufinden, wo sich die Dateien befinden und um die Dateien an einen anderen Ort zu kopieren:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 @@ -47,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenn du den `--inifile` Parameter verwendet hast um eine ini-Datei an einem anderen Ort zu speichern, vergiss nicht, auch diese Dateien zu sichern. **Hinweise**" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 @@ -56,10 +53,8 @@ msgstr "Sichere keine Einstellungsdateien und stelle sie nicht wieder her, währ #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "It is not recommended to edit settings files by hand (they're not designed for that)." msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "Es ist nicht empfehlenswert, die Einstellungsdateien von Hand zu bearbeiten (dafür sind sie nicht gedacht)." +msgstr "Es ist nicht empfehlenswert, die Einstellungsdateien manuell zu bearbeiten (dafür sind sie nicht gedacht)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index 181f5362c..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "[Kommentar]: # (Dies ist eine Include-Datei zur Verwendung in mehreren Dokumenten)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "# Quality of Service (QoS)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "Jamulus verwendet DSCP/CS4 opportunistisch, um mit Pufferüberlastung (Bufferbloat) umzugehen, und verwendet einen Standard-DSCP/CS4-Wert von 128 (oder 0x80). Dieser Wert ist mit IPv4 und IPv6 kompatibel. Andere Werte können mit der Option -Q festgelegt werden, z. B. -Q [0..255] (wobei 0 die QoS deaktiviert). Wenn du die Auswirkungen von nicht standardmäßigen Einstellungen untersuchen möchtest, lese die RFC4594. Die meisten Benutzer werden dies jedoch nicht benötigen." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Verwendung von QoS unter Windows" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "Die QoS-Einstellungen von Jamulus (einschließlich der Standardeinstellungen) haben unter Windows keine Wirkung, da das Betriebssystem sie ignoriert. Um sie zu aktivieren, musst du diese Anweisungen befolgen. Beachte auch, dass du diesen Vorgang möglicherweise bei jeder Aktualisierung von Jamulus wiederholen musst." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "Gib in das Suchfeld neben dem Startmenü ein: Editor für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien (Enter)
Im neuen Fenster (Klick) auf das Menüsymbol, um das dritte Feld Aktionen anzuzeigen
Blick auf das erste Feld des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Lokale Computerrichtlinie
  Computerkonfiguration
   Windows-Einstellungen
    Richtlinienbasierte QoS (Klick)
Blick auf das dritte Feld (Aktionen) des Editors für lokale Gruppenrichtlinien
 Richtlinienbasierte QoS
  Weitere Aktionen
   Neue Richtlinie erstellen (Klick)
    Name der Richtlinie: Jamulus
    Gib den DSCP-Wert an: 32
    Weiter
    Diese QoS-Richtlinie gilt nur für Anwendungen mit dem Namen Jamulus.exe
    Weiter
    Weiter
    UDP
    Fertigstellen
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "(Hinweis: Die Jamulus-Richtlinie im mittleren Feld kann bearbeitet werden)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po index 1e0000372..414ff2be7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -17,120 +17,143 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." msgstr "`-d` oder `--discononquit` Trennt alle Clients beim Beenden. Wenn ein Server gestoppt oder neu gestartet wird, werden normalerweise alle Clients, die ihre „Trennen“-Schaltflächen nicht benutzt haben, die Verbindung wiederherstellen, wenn der Server wieder hochfährt. Mit dieser Option werden die Clients gezwungen, ihre Verbindungen zum Server manuell wiederherzustellen. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." msgstr "`-e` oder `--directoryserver` Registriert den Server in einem Verzeichnis (z.B. um sein Genre zu setzen (siehe auch `-o`)). Siehe [Server-Typen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) für weitere Informationen.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "`--directoryfile` Registrierte Server speichern, auch wenn das Verzeichnis neu gestartet wird. Nur für Verzeichnis-Server. Siehe [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories) für weitere Informationen. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." msgstr "`-f` oder `--listfilter` Erlaubte (Whitelist) Server, die in der Serverliste registriert sind, Format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Nur Verzeichnisse\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "`-F` oder `--fastupdate` Verringert die Latenz, wenn Clients mit der Option „Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer“ verbunden sind. Erfordert eine schnelle CPU, um Aussetzer zu vermeiden, und mehr Bandbreite für aktivierte Clients.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -msgstr "" -"`-l` oder `--log` Protokollierung einschalten, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen \n" -"\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "`-m` oder `--htmlstatus` HTML-Statusdatei aktivieren, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" msgstr "`-L` oder --licence` Zeigt ein Zustimmungsfenster an, bevor Benutzer eine Verbindung herstellen können\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "`-m` oder `--htmlstatus` HTML-Statusdatei aktivieren, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" msgstr "`-o` oder `--serverinfo` Ortsangaben im Format: `[Name];[Stadt];[Gebietsschema-Wert]` (siehe [Werte](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Nur registrierte Server\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" msgstr "`-P` oder `--delaypan` Start mit aktiviertem Delay-Panning Siehe [Notizen](/wiki/Running-a-Server#verzögertes-panning)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." msgstr "`-R` oder `--recording` Gib einen beschreibbaren Pfad ein, in dem die Dateien gespeichert werden sollen (in Anführungszeichen, falls erforderlich). Siehe [Optionen](#optionen). \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" msgstr "" -"`--norecord` Aufnahme deaktivieren. Durch Angabe von `-R` wird die Aufnahme standardmäßig aktiviert \n" -"\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" msgstr "`-s` oder `--server` Start in Server Modus\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" msgstr "" "`--serverbindip` Spezifiziert die IP Adresse auf die der Server hört \n" "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" msgstr "`-T` oder `--multithreading` Multithreading verwenden, um Mehrkern-CPUs besser zu nutzen und mehr Clients zu unterstützen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "`-u` oder `--numchannels` Maximale Anzahl von Clients (Kanälen) \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." msgstr "`-w` oder `--welcomemessage` Willkommens Nachricht für neue Teilnehmer nach Aufbau der Verbindung. Kann als Zeichenkette oder Dateiname angegeben werden und kann HTML enthalten.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" msgstr "`-z` oder `--startminimized` Start minimiert\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" msgstr "`--serverpublicip` Die öffentliche IP-Adresse des Servers, wenn eine Verbindung zu einem Verzeichnis hinter demselben NAT besteht. Siehe [Informationen zum Verzeichnisse](Custom-Directories#wissenswertes-über-verzeichnisse)\n" + +#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`-l` oder `--log` Protokollierung einschalten, Pfad und Dateiname festlegen \n" +#~ "\n" + +#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`--norecord` Aufnahme deaktivieren. Durch Angabe von `-R` wird die Aufnahme standardmäßig aktiviert \n" +#~ "\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po index c7f44e7a4..0aa5d1044 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -118,6 +119,6 @@ msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt eine #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus Onboarding page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po index 1cfef7f99..50d46c738 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -66,7 +67,9 @@ msgstr "### Debian and Ubuntu" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "Wir stellen zwei äquivalente `.deb`-Dateien für die gängigsten Architekturen zur Verfügung. Bitte lade die entsprechende Datei herunter:" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,133 +85,138 @@ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.do #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "**Für ARM-basierte Rechner (z. B. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "Nachdem du die richtige Datei heruntergeladen hast:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nur Ubuntu** - Aktiviere das Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (Du kannst dazu den [GUI Ansatz](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) oder den [CLI Ansatz](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788) nutzen).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, indem du ein Konsolen Fenster öffnest (STRG+ALT+T sollte funktionieren) und folgendes eingibst: `sudo apt-get update`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`" -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "Wechsle in das Verzeichnis in das du das Installationsprogramm gespeichert hast und doppelklicke darauf, oder verwende die Befehlszeile: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` oder für armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "Sobald die Installation fertig ist, kannst du die Datei löschen und alle Terminalfenster schließen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "Wenn du Jamulus auf eine neue Version aktualisierst, kannst du die neue .deb Datei einfach herunterladen und wie oben beschrieben neu installieren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "### Andere Distributionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Für Installer auf anderen Distributionen, durchsuche die Paketverwaltung und [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Wenn keine aktuelle Jamulus version in deiner Distribution enthalten ist, kannst du [Jamulus kompilieren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Du kannst auch die inoffiziellen [Installationsskripte](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) nutzen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Richte deine Hardware ein" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Konfiguriere Jack mit QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus-Clients benötigen [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) für den Betrieb, aber das musst du zuerst konfigurieren. Die empfohlene Methode ist die Verwendung von `QjackCtl`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** öffnet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Konfiguriere dein Audiointerface wie folgt (die genauen Einstellungen für JACK hängen von den Funktionen deiner Soundkarte ab):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Wähle dein Audio **Interface** aus (es können mehrere in der Liste sichtbar sein)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Setzte die **Sample Rate auf 48000**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Setze die **Frames/Period auf 128** und Periods/Buffer zunächst auf 2" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Starte JACK neu, um die neuen Einstellungen zu übernehmen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Jamulus starten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Sobald JACK läuft und konfiguriert ist, starte Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Wenn du Soundprobleme (kurze Unterbrechungen, Knistern o.Ä.) beobachtest (insbesondere XRUNs, die von Jack/QjackCtl gemeldet werden), versuche größere Werte (z.B. 256 Frames oder 3 Perioden) zu setzen. Niedrigere Einstellungen (z.B. 64 Frames) bieten zwar eine bessere Leistung, verursachen aber möglicherweise mehr Soundprobleme. Siehe auch die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index af59a95b1..fb85603cf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:06+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" +"Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -61,131 +62,117 @@ msgstr "Updatest du? Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Universal Build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "**macOS Sierra (10.12) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" -#| "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" -msgstr "" -"**macOS Sierra (10.12) oder früher:** [Vorgängerversion laden]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" msgstr "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14 oder früher):** bitte [lade die Legacy Version herunter]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Nachdem du die richtige Datei heruntergeladen hast:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "**Jamulus installieren**: Öffne die heruntergeladene `.dmg`-Datei, stimme der Lizenz zu und *ziehe* jedes Symbol, das in dem Fenster zu sehen ist (Jamulus Client und Server) in den *Anwendungsordner*. Danach kannst du dieses Fenster schließen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jede andere App benutzen. \n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Du kannst den Ordner, der die `.dmg` Datei enthält im Downloads löschen und den virtuellen „Jamulus“ Datenträger auf deinem Schreibtisch auswerfen. Beides wird nicht mehr gebraucht._" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "***\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "## Jamulus kann nicht geöffnet werden, da es von einem nicht verifizierten Entwickler stammt" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "Wenn du die „legacy“ Version von Jamulus nutzt (weil du eine alte Version von macOS hast), wirst du beim ersten Öffnen von Jamulus eine Nachricht sehen, die sagt, dass du Jamulus nicht öffnen kannst." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "Um Jamulus trotzdem öffnen zu können" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "Öffne den Ordner „Programme“ im Finder" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "Doppelklicke auf Jamulus (die o.g. Meldung taucht auf)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "Klicke auf „Abbrechen“, um die Meldung zu schließen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "Klicke nun mit gedrückter Ctrl/Strg-Taste (oder rechtsklicken) auf Jamulus und wähle dann „Öffnen“ oben im Menü aus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "Jetzt siehst du eine leicht veränderte Version der gleichen Meldung, aber nun kannst du auf „Öffnen“ klicken und Jamulus starten. Diese Warnung wirst du künftig nicht mehr sehen – ab jetzt kannst du Jamulus ganz normal durch einen Doppelklick starten. Für weitere Informationen über diese Meldung siehe [diese Apple Support-Seite](https://support.apple.com/de-de/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Für macOS auf Intel:**\n" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Für macOS mit Apple Silicon Prozessor:**\n" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" + +#~ msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Nachdem du die richtige Datei heruntergeladen hast:" + #~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" #~ msgstr "**Starte Jamulus**. Nun kannst du Jamulus benutzen wie jede andere App. Falls du eine Meldung siehst, die besagt, dass Jamulus nicht geöffnet werden kann, da der Entwickler nicht überprüft werden kann, lese den nächsten Abschnitt weiter.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po index 4e3115f8f..250132cf8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-01 20:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see (Alt) \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/ #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 @@ -276,13 +277,13 @@ msgstr "## Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "Take a look at" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Take a look at [Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po index 283edb0a2..2fb7a4bf6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-08 20:52+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 16:56+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -154,6 +155,6 @@ msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt eine #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus Onboarding page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Nach der Installation](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Jamulus setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po index dc5b3b713..08a70407c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -45,101 +45,105 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "# Erklärung zum Datenschutz" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass die englische Version dieser Datenschutzerklärung das Original und somit die verbindliche Version ist. Um auf die englische Fassung zuzugreifen, klicke oben/rechts auf dieser Seite auf den Link \"en\"." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "## Definition der Begriffe" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "„**Server**“ Die Jamulus Server-Software, im Gegensatz zum Host-Rechner/OS, auf dem sie läuft." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "„**Client**“ Die Jamulus-Software, die zur Verbindung mit einem Server verwendet wird" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "„**Verzeichnis**“ Ein Jamulus-Server, der so konfiguriert ist, dass er den Clients eine Liste von Servern zur Verfügung stellt" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "## Website" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "Die Website unter [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) wird mit GitHub Pages betrieben. Wir sammeln keine persönlichen Daten und setzen keine Tracking-Cookies. Wenn du dich mit der Website jamulus.io verbindest, wird deine IP-Adresse an [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/) gesendet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Jamulus Software" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zu einem Server herstellst werden die Angaben, die du in Mein Profil (unter Einstellungen) gemacht hast, anderen Personen auf diesem Server angezeigt, solange du mit dem Server verbunden bist. Der Server speichert oder zeichnet deine Profilinformationen nicht auf. Der Server-Betreiber hat keinen Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er ist ebenfalls mit einem Client verbunden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Wenn du dich mit einem Server verbindest, kann dein Profil auch für Dritte über das Verzeichnis, in dem der Server registriert ist, zugänglich sein. Dies kann zu Informationszwecken über den Status des öffentlichen Jamulus-Netzwerks geschehen (z.B. [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), ist aber nicht darauf beschränkt. Profilinformationen werden weder von dem Jamulus-Server, mit dem du verbunden bist, noch vom Jamulus-Verzeichnis protokolliert oder gespeichert, können aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "### Verwendung von IP-Adressen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "Wenn du eine Verbindung zum Server herstellst, kann der Server-Betreiber deine IP-Adresse sehen, während du verbunden bist. Wenn der Server-Betreiber die Protokollierung aktiviert hat (was standardmäßig nicht der Fall ist), wird deine IP-Adresse ebenfalls protokolliert und in der Protokolldatei des Servers gespeichert." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Die IP-Adressen aller im Verzeichnis eingetragenen Server können auch von Dritten zu Informations- oder anderen Zwecken eingesehen werden (zum Beispiel [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Deine öffentliche IP-Adresse wird ansonsten von Jamulus nicht protokolliert oder gespeichert, kann aber von Dritten gespeichert oder verarbeitet werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "### Audio-Aufnahmen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "Wenn du mit einem Jamulus Server verbunden bist, wird ein Hinweis angezeigt, wenn die Serveraufzeichnung aktiviert ist. Die Aufnahmen jedes Spielers werden vom Server separat als WAV-Dateien gespeichert und nur der Server-Betreiber hat Zugriff darauf, es sei denn, er möchte sie Dritten zur Verfügung stellen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "### Text-Chat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "Wenn du eine Nachricht in das Chat-Fenster schreibst, können andere verbundene Spieler dies sehen, aber Chats werden nicht vom Server gespeichert und weder der Server-Betreiber noch Dritte haben Zugriff darauf." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "### Datenübertragung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "Bitte beachte dass alle Audio- und Textdaten unverschlüsselt zwischen dem Jamulus Server und dem Client gesendet und empfangen werden." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po index c7b8fe079..0f50a79bc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-23 08:59+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -168,12 +169,7 @@ msgstr "Dein Server wird in einem Server Verzeichnis aufgeführt. Standardmäßi #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Diagram\n" -#| "How Registered Servers work\n" -#| "
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" @@ -182,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagramm:\n" -"
So funktionieren registrierte Server
\n" +"\t
So funktionieren registrierte Server
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -226,8 +222,8 @@ msgstr "Wenn du mehrere Server betreiben willst, möglicherweise auch hinter ein #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" -msgstr "Um einen Verzeichnis Server zu betreiben [lese diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +msgstr "Um einen Verzeichnis Server zu betreiben [lese diese Anleitung](Directories)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 @@ -241,7 +237,9 @@ msgstr "Die meisten Leute betreiben Jamulus als „reinen“ Server auf **Hardwa #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "Wenn du einen Server auf einem Raspberry Pi (oder einem anderen armhf-basierten Gerät) betreiben willst, musst du die `.deb`-Dateien für `armhf` herunterladen, nicht die standardmäßigen `amd64`-Dateien, die du auf einer Intel/AMD-basierten Maschine verwenden würdest." #. type: Plain text @@ -251,7 +249,9 @@ msgstr "### Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "Lade die [neueste headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) oder, wenn du einen Raspberry Pi etc. verwendest [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" #. type: Plain text @@ -261,7 +261,9 @@ msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, um sicherzustellen, dass die Liste der Standardpakete #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "Installier das Jamulus Paket: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` oder für RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" #. type: Plain text @@ -377,7 +379,9 @@ msgstr "#### Als Verzeichnis Server betreiben" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." msgstr "Wenn du einen [Verzeichnis Server](Running-a-Server#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben möchtest, lese bitte [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories)." #. type: Plain text @@ -412,12 +416,16 @@ msgstr "#### Steuerung der Aufzeichnung" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "Wenn die Aufzeichnungsfunktion mit der Befehlszeilen Option „R“ verwendet wird und der Server während einer Aufzeichnung ein SIGUSR1-Signal empfängt, beginnt er eine neue Aufzeichnung in einem neuen Verzeichnis. SIGUSR2 schaltet die Aufzeichnungsfunktion ein und aus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." #. type: Plain text @@ -568,8 +576,9 @@ msgstr "**Keine**: Standardmäßig bist du nicht mit einem Verzeichnis verbunden #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" msgstr "**Genre**: Um anderen Personen zu ermöglichen, deinen Server in einem der vorhandenen öffentlichen Verzeichnisse zu sehen, wähle das gewünschte Genreverzeichnis. Du solltest eine Bestätigungsmeldung sehen, ob der Server erfolgreich registriert wurde. Wenn dies nicht der Fall ist und du den Server online lässt, wird er so lange versuchen, sich zu registrieren, bis ein freier Platz im Server Verzeichnis verfügbar wird. \n" #. type: Plain text @@ -580,7 +589,9 @@ msgstr "**Benutzerdefiniert**: Hier kannst du ein benutzerdefiniertes Server Ver #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." msgstr "Um deinen Server _als_ Verzeichnis zu betreiben, musst du die Adresse des benutzerdefinierten Verzeichnisses auf `localhost` oder `127.0.0.1` setzen und das „Genre“ auf „Benutzerdefiniert“ einstellen. [Lese diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories) für weitere Details." #. type: Plain text @@ -590,7 +601,9 @@ msgstr "### Meine Server-Info" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." msgstr "Wenn der Server als registrierter Server läuft, werden der Name, die Stadt und das Land des Servers angezeigt, damit andere Benutzer ihn im Verzeichnis leicht identifizieren können." #. type: Plain text @@ -757,7 +770,9 @@ msgstr "## Betrieb eines unregistrierten Servers" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." msgstr "Es wird dringend empfohlen, dass du deinen Server zunächst mit einem **öffentlichen Verzeichnis** testest, um eventuelle spätere Probleme im privaten Modus einzugrenzen." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index a3fb7f808..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,379 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:02+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "/wiki/Server-Linux" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "Headless Linux Server Installation" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mehr\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "# Betrieb eines Headless Servers" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "Die folgenden Ausführungen beziehen sich auf den Betrieb von Jamulus als „reinen“ Server auf **Hardware ohne Audio** (z.B. auf einem Drittanbieter/Cloud-Host) und setzen Ubuntu/Debian-Distributionen mit systemd voraus." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "Wenn du einen Server auf einem Raspberry Pi betreiben möchtest, musst du [den Quellcode kompilieren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Siehe auch diese [Anleitung für Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html), die vom Jamulus-Benutzer fredsiva gepflegt wird." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "Lade die [neueste headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Aktualisiere apt, um sicherzustellen, dass die Liste der Standardpakete aktuell is: sudo apt update" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "Installiere das Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Aktiviere den Headless-Server Prozess über systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) in die `ExecStart`-Zeile der systemd-Dienstdatei in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` ein (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Lade die systemd-Dateien neu `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` und starte den Headless-Server neu: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Prüfe mit `systemctl status jamulus-headless`, ob alles in Ordnung ist (drücke `q`, um zur Eingabeaufforderung zurückzukehren)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "Vielleicht möchest du auch [diese Reihe nützlicher Werkzeuge](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) aus dem Jamulus-Repository herunterladen (klone das Git-Repository und rufe dann `git submodule update --init` auf)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "## Anmerkungen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Du kannst Jamulus mit dem Befehl `systemctl` steuern. Zum Beispiel, um den Server sauber zu stoppen:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "### Betrieb im registrierten/öffentlichen Modus" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "Die folgende Mindestkonfiguration ist für den [Betrieb eines registrierten Servers](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-typen) erforderlich:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch Code sind in `--serverinfo` nicht erlaubt\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "Ersetze \"genreServer:port\" im obigen Beispiel durch eine der folgenden Optionen:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" -"| Genre | Server Addresse |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Alle Genres 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Alle Genres 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Alle Genres 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Klassik/Volksmusik** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "### Betrieb als Verzeichnis Server" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "Wenn du einen [Benutzerdefiniertes Verzeichnis](Running-a-Server#3-verzeichnis-server) betreiben möchtest, lese bitte [diese Anleitung](Custom-Directories)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "### Anzeigen der Protokolle" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus protokolliert in der Systemprotokolldatei, wenn du die Einstellung `StandardOutput=journal` in der Unit-Datei nicht verändert hast." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Um das Protokoll einzusehen, verwende `journalctl` (zum Beenden drücke Ctrl-C). Um zum Beispiel die Systemprotokolldatei zu lesen, benutze den Filter nach dem Jamulus-Dienst:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "### Aktualisierung" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "Um deinen Server auf eine neuere Version zu aktualisieren, lade die neue .deb-Datei herunter und installiere sie erneut wie in Schritt 3 beschrieben." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "### Aufnahme" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Wenn die Aufzeichnungsfunktion mit der Befehlszeilen Option „R“ verwendet wird und der Server während einer Aufzeichnung ein SIGUSR1-Signal empfängt, beginnt er eine neue Aufzeichnung in einem neuen Verzeichnis. SIGUSR2 schaltet die Aufzeichnungsfunktion ein und aus." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und nenne sie entsprechend (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "Jetzt kannst du die Befehle zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl „service start“ ausführen:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (vorausgesetzt, du hast deine Unit-Datei `jamulusTogglerec.service` genannt)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `service jamulus status` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsehen." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "## Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po index 60315a656..ab49f049b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po @@ -600,13 +600,15 @@ msgstr "
=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "## Für Server-Administratoren" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "### Umwandlung eines öffentlichen Servers in einen privaten Server im Handumdrehen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Du kannst einen öffentlichen Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf privat umschalten, indem du einfach das Kontrollkästchen „Meinen Server öffentlich machen“ in der Server-GUI deaktivierst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "### Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "### Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/de/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index 631e76831..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-06-20 12:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: de\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Sag uns, was du über Jamulus denkst - [fülle unsere anonyme Umfrage aus (English)](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Dieses Wiki ist unter einer [Creative Commons Lizenz](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.de){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" } lizenziert. Willst du [mithelfen](Contribution)?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po index dfd440848..d4af27953 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po @@ -6,18 +6,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-15 17:12+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-31 06:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +44,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" @@ -42,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "layout: mainhomepage\n" "ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Toca música online. Con amig@s. Gratis.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer y contribuidores\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer y contribuidores\"\n" "metadescription: \"Jamulus es software de código abierto que permite a músicos actuar, ensayar o simplemente hacer jam sessions, en tiempo real a través de Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Toca música online. Con amig@s. Gratis.\"\n" @@ -61,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 #, no-wrap msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgstr " Jamulus es para tocar música, ensayar o simplemente hacer una jam session con cualquiera que encuentres online. Con audio de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal, es fácil tocar junt@s remotamente y en sincronización. " +msgstr " Jamulus es para tocar música, ensayar o simplemente hacer una jam session con cualquiera que encuentres online. Con audio de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal, es fácil tocar remotamente y en sincronización. " #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 @@ -119,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "documentación" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 #, no-wrap msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgstr " y presta atención a la " +msgstr ". Presta especial atención a la " #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 04a3b2cc8..76fd863b0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:29+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po index 50fa6c7f2..376ceee0c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-21 10:40+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po index 72c3fb548..d7d567a08 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Contribution.po @@ -6,13 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-30 11:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -55,10 +57,8 @@ msgstr "Si crees que falta o se puede mejorar alguna documentación o informaci #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you want to help out with translation, you will need to have a GitHub account and should be familiar with using git and Jekyll. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved. You can check the current status of website translations [here](Statistics)." msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "Si quieres ayudar con la traducción, deberás tener una cuenta de GitHub y estar familiarizado con el uso de git y Jekyll. Lee sobre nuestro proceso de [documentación y traducción](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), y [preséntate](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) si te gustaría involucrarte. Puedes comprobar el estado actual de las traducciones de la web [aquí](Statistics)." +msgstr "Utilizamos [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) para traducir nuestra documentación. Lee sobre nuestro proceso de [documentación y traducción](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), y [preséntate](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) si te gustaría involucrarte." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Custom-Directories.po deleted file mode 100644 index 25ece1053..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Custom-Directories.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "es" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" -msgstr "/wiki/Custom-Directories" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "Directorios Personalizados" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" -msgstr "### Ejecutar un Directorio Personalizado" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Esta es una configuración especializada del Servidor de Jamulus, descrita en [Tipos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Para ver Servidores listados en un Directorio Personalizado, los usuarios deben introducir en su Cliente la dirección de ese Directorio en Configuración > Configuración Avanzada > campo de Directorios Personalizados. Se pueden añadir múltiples direcciones si se requiere. Los Directorios Personalizados aparecerán en el desplegable del Directorio en su ventana de Conectar. Por lo demás, los Directorios Personalizados funcionan para los Clientes del mismo modo que los Directorios Públicos, mostrando una lista de Servidores registrados en ellos." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor como Directorio, se debe iniciar con la opción `--directoryserver` para que el mismo (esto es, `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`) sea el Directorio para buscar Servidores." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 -msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor con interfaz gráfica, establece la dirección del Directorio Personalizado en la pestaña de Opciones como \"localhost\", y luego selecciona \"Personalizado\" en el menú desplegable del Directorio." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Notas sobre Directorios" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 -msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "Si quieres controlar qué Servidores pueden registrarse en tu Directorio, puedes habilitar una lista blanca con la opción de la línea de comandos `--listfilter` con el formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]`." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "Al ejecutar un Directorio tras un cortafuegos NAT o en una red privada, utiliza la opción `--serverpublicip` para especificar la dirección IP pública del (o los) Servidor(es) listados por tu Directorio si esos Servidores están en el mismo LAN / con la misma IP pública que el Directorio. Esto es necesario para permitir a los Clientes en la internet pública conectarse a ellos a través de NAT, Nótese que para los Servidores utilizando esta opción, seguirás necesitando abrir puertos en tu router/cortafuegos." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "Si estás ejecutando tu Servidor como Directorio y por cualquier razón necesitas reiniciarlo (por ejemplo al reiniciar el host), los Servidores conectados a él se desconectarán hasta que se vuelvan a registrar. Esto no significa que los Clientes conectados a esos Servidores serán desconectados, pero sí significa que los Clientes nuevos no podrán ver los Servidores listados por tu Directorio hasta que esos Servidores se vuelvan a conectar. Para que la lista de Servidores registrados persista entre reinicios, utiliza la opción `--directoryfile` para especificar la ubicación y el nombre de un archivo que el Directorio puede leer y al que puede escribir." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 -msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Se pueden registrar hasta 150 Servidores en un Directorio." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5de525f9a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-08 11:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "es" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Directorios" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Más\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "# Ejecutar un Directorio" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "Esta es una configuración especializada del Servidor de Jamulus, descrita en [Tipos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "Para ver Servidores listados en un Directorio Personalizado, los usuarios deben introducir en su Cliente la dirección de ese Directorio en Configuración > Configuración Avanzada > campo de Directorios Personalizados. Se pueden añadir múltiples direcciones si se requiere. Los Directorios Personalizados aparecerán en el desplegable del Directorio en su ventana de Conectar. Por lo demás, los Directorios Personalizados funcionan para los Clientes del mismo modo que los Directorios Públicos, mostrando una lista de Servidores registrados en ellos." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor como Directorio, se debe iniciar con la opción `--directoryserver` para que el mismo (esto es, `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`) sea el Directorio para buscar Servidores." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor con interfaz gráfica, establece la dirección del Directorio Personalizado en la pestaña de Opciones como \"localhost\", y luego selecciona \"Personalizado\" en el menú desplegable del Directorio." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "### Notas sobre Directorios" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "Si quieres controlar qué Servidores pueden registrarse en tu Directorio, puedes habilitar una lista blanca con la opción de la línea de comandos `--listfilter` con el formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]`." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor tras un cortafuegos NAT o en una red privada y al registrarlo con un Directorio en la misma red, ejecuta el Servidor utilizando la opción `--serverpublicip` para especificar la dirección IP pública. Esto es necesario para permitir a los Clientes en la internet pública conectarse a la dirección correcta. Nótese que para el/los Servidor/es utilizando esta opción, seguirás necesitando abrir puertos en tu router/cortafuegos." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "Al ejecutar un Cliente tras un cortafuegos NAT en una red privada con un Directorio en la misma red, el mismo Directorio debe ejecutarse con la opción `--serverpublicip` para especificar la dirección IP pública, para que cualquier Servidor en la internet pública registrándose en el Directorio que requiera \"perforación\" pueda ser accesible para el/los Cliente/s. (Esto es porque de otro modo el Directorio proporcionaría la dirección de red local del Cliente al Servidor y la \"perforación\" fracasaría.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "Si necesitas reiniciar tu Directorio por cualquier razón (por ejemplo al reiniciar el host), los Servidores conectados a él se desconectarán hasta que se vuelvan a registrar. Esto no significa que los Clientes conectados a esos Servidores serán desconectados, pero sí significa que los Clientes nuevos no podrán ver los Servidores listados por tu Directorio hasta que esos Servidores se vuelvan a conectar. Para que la lista de Servidores registrados persista entre reinicios, utiliza la opción `--directoryfile` para especificar la ubicación y el nombre de un archivo que el Directorio puede leer y al que puede escribir." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "Se pueden registrar hasta 150 Servidores en un Directorio." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po index dc10d9583..11a5c3269 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/FAQ.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:32+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -87,10 +88,8 @@ msgstr "### ¿Hay un metrónomo, sincronización o alguna otra manera de mantene #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server simply play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "No. Los usuarios de un Servidor Jamulus simplemente tocan juntos en tiempo real como si estuvieran en persona. Si quieres una señal de tiempo, entonces hay soluciones de metrónomos compartidos en Internet que puedes probar, pero probablemente sea mejor minimizar la latencia para que nadie tenga un retardo total de más de unos 30-50 ms." +msgstr "No. Los usuarios de un Servidor Jamulus tocan juntos en tiempo real como si estuvieran en persona. Si quieres una señal de tiempo, entonces hay soluciones de metrónomos compartidos en Internet que puedes probar, pero probablemente sea mejor minimizar la latencia para que nadie tenga un retardo total de más de unos 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 @@ -104,15 +103,13 @@ msgstr "### ¿Cómo sé si puedo unirme a un Servidor? ¿Hay normas?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." -msgstr "En general, si alguien lista un Servidor en uno de los Directorios Públicos ofrecidos por parte de Jamulus por defecto, acepta que cualquiera puede utilizarlo. Jamulus no tiene protección con contraseña ni otros mecanismos de autenticación. Sin embargo, algunos Servidores pueden establecer políticas en el mensaje de bienvenida que verás en la ventana del chat." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "Si alguien lista un Servidor en uno de los Directorios incluidos en Jamulus por defecto, acepta que cualquiera puede utilizarlo. Jamulus no tiene protección con contraseña ni otros mecanismos de autenticación. Mientras que algunos Servidores pueden establecer políticas en el mensaje de bienvenida que verás en la ventana del chat, Jamulus no realiza ninguna acción para obligar a su cumplimiento." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can simply give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta también que los Servidores no tienen por qué estar registrados en un Directorio para que los Clientes Jamulus se puedan conectar a ellos. Los operadores de Servidores pueden simplemente suministrar la dirección de sus Servidores a las personas con las que desean tocar, y se pueden conectar directamente. Consulta [esta descripción para más información](/wiki/Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)" +msgstr "Ten en cuenta también que los Servidores no tienen por qué estar registrados en un Directorio para que los Clientes Jamulus se puedan conectar a ellos. Los operadores de Servidores pueden simplemente suministrar la dirección de sus Servidores a las personas con las que desean tocar, y se pueden conectar directamente. Consulta [esta descripción para más información](/wiki/Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index da1b54cb3..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-21 10:42+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "# Quality of Service (QoS)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "Jamulus utiliza DSCP/CS4 oportunísticamente para ocuparse de \"bufferbloat\" (valor DSCP/CS4 de 128 (o 0x80). Esto es compatible con IPv4 y IPv6. Se pueden establecer otros valores utilizando la opción -Q, por ejemplo -Q [0..255] (donde 0 deshabilita QoS). Si quieres explorar el efecto de configuraciones no predeterminadas, ver RFC4594. Sin embargo, la mayoría de las personas no tendrán necesidad de hacer esto." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Utilizar Quality of Service en Windows" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "La configuración de QoS en Jamulus (incluyendo la predeterminada) no tiene efecto en Windows porque el sistema operativo la ignora. Para habilitarlo, debes seguir estas instrucciones. También ten en cuenta que quizá tengas que repetir este procedimiento cada vez que se actualiza Jamulus." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "En el campo de Búsqueda al lado del menú de Arranque teclea: Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local (enter)
En la nueva ventana, (clic) en el icono del menú para mostrar el tercer panel de Acción
Mirando el primer panel del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (clic)
Mirando el tercer panel (Acción) del Editor de Directivas de Grupo Local
 Policy-based QoS
  Más Acciones
   Crear nueva Directiva (clic)
    Nombre Directiva: Jamulus
    Especificar valor DSCP: 32
    Siguiente
    Esta directiva QoS se aplica solo a las aplicaciones con el nombre Jamulus.exe
    Siguiente
    Siguiente
    UDP
    Terminar
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "(Nota: la directiva para Jamulus en el panel central puede editarse)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po index 350775ee4..02baa4a85 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -6,125 +6,113 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-27 14:07+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" -msgstr "`-d` o `--discononquit` Desconectar todos los Clientes al salir. Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de \"Desconectar\" reestablecerán su conexión cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." +msgstr "`-d` ó `--discononquit` Desconectar todos los Clientes al salir. Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de \"Desconectar\" reestablecerán su conexión cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" -msgstr "`-e` o `--directoryserver` Registra el Servidor en un Directorio (por ej. para establecer su género (ver también `-o`)). Ver [Tipos de Servidor](#tipos-de-servidor) para más información.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." +msgstr "`-e` ó `--directoryserver` Registra el Servidor en un Directorio (por ej. para establecer su género (ver también `-o`)). Ver [Tipos de Servidor](#tipos-de-servidor) para más información." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Recuerde los Servidores registrados incluso si se reinicia el Directorio. Solo Directorios. Ver [esta guía](Custom-Directories) para más información.\n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "`--directoryfile` Recuerde los Servidores registrados incluso si se reinicia el Directorio. Solo Directorios. Ver [esta guía](Directories) para más información." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" -msgstr "`-f` o `--listfilter` Lista blanca de Servidores que se registran en la lista de Servidores, formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]` Solo Directorios. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." +msgstr "`-f` ó `--listfilter` Lista blanca de Servidores que se registran en la lista de Servidores, formato `dirección ip 1[;dirección ip 2]` Solo Directorios." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" -msgstr "`-F` o `--fastupdate` Reduce la latencia si los Cliente se conectan con la opción \"Activar Buffers Pequeños\". Requiere un procesador potente para evitar cortes, y más ancho de banda hacia Clientes activos.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "`-F` ó `--fastupdate` Reduce la latencia si los Cliente se conectan con la opción \"Activar Buffers Pequeños\". Requiere un procesador potente para evitar cortes, y más ancho de banda hacia Clientes activos." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -msgstr "`-l` o `--log` Habilitar registro, establece ruta y nombre del archivo \n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "`-l` ó `--log` Habilita registro, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" -msgstr "`-L` o `--licence` Muestra una ventana de aceptación para que los usuarios se puedan conectar\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" +msgstr "`-L` ó `--licence` Muestra una ventana de aceptación para que los usuarios se puedan conectar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" -msgstr "`-m` o `--htmlstatus` Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "`-m` ó `--htmlstatus` Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" -msgstr "`-o` o `--serverinfo` Datos de ubicación en el formato: `[nombre];[ciudad];[valor locale]` (ver [valores](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Solo Servidores Registrados\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" +msgstr "`-o` ó `--serverinfo` Datos de ubicación en el formato: `[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código ISO de dos letras o Locale Qt5]` (ver [códigos ISO de países de dos letras](https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Elementos_de_código_asignados_oficialmente) o [valores Locale Qt5](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Solo Servidores Registrados" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" -msgstr "`-P` o `--delaypan` Inicia con paneo con retardo activado Ver [notas](#paneo-con-retardo)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" +msgstr "`-P` ó `--delaypan` Inicia con paneo con retardo activado Ver [notas](#paneo-con-retardo)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" -msgstr "`-R` o `--recording` Incluye una ruta editable donde se deben guardar los archivos (entrecomillado si procede). Ver [Opciones](#opciones). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." +msgstr "`-R` ó `--recording` Establece el directorio para grabaciones; el Servidor grabará por defecto cuando haya una sesión activa. Ver [Opciones](#opciones)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -msgstr "`--norecord` Desactiva la grabación cuando se habilita por defecto con `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" +msgstr "`--norecord`Configura el Servidor para no grabar por defecto (cuando la grabación está configurada por ej. con `-R`)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" -msgstr "`-s` o `--server` Arranca en modo Servidor\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" +msgstr "`-s` ó `--server` Arranca en modo Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" -msgstr "`--serverbindip` Especifica la dirección IP a la que vincularse \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" +msgstr "`--serverbindip` Especifica la dirección IP a la que vincularse" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" -msgstr "`-T` o `--multithreading` Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo, para dar soporte a más Clientes\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" +msgstr "`-T` ó `--multithreading` Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo, para dar soporte a más Clientes" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" -msgstr "`-u` o `--numchannels` Número máximo de canales (Clientes)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "`-u` ó `--numchannels` Número máximo de canales (Clientes)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" -msgstr "`-w` o `--welcomemessage` Mensaje de bienvenida al conectarse. Puede ser una cadena de caracteres o un nombre de archivo, y puede contener HTML\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." +msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage` Mensaje de bienvenida al conectarse. Puede ser una cadena de caracteres o un nombre de archivo, y puede contener HTML." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" -msgstr "`-z` o `--startminimized` Arranca minimizado\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" +msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized` Arranca minimizado" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` La dirección IP del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Ver las [Notas sobre Directorios](Custom-Directories#notas-sobre-directorios)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip` La dirección IP del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Ver las [Notas sobre Directorios](Custom-Directories#notas-sobre-directorios)" + +#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +#~ msgstr "`-l` o `--log` Habilitar registro, establece ruta y nombre del archivo \n" + +#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Desactiva la grabación cuando se habilita por defecto con `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po index be06d9920..e015451b9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:35+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-30 11:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 @@ -24,25 +25,25 @@ msgstr "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 #, no-wrap msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" -msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda \n" +msgstr "`-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 #, no-wrap msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" -msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece ubicación de archivo de inicialización (anula la predeterminada) \n" +msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece ubicación de archivo de inicialización (anula la predeterminada)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 #, no-wrap msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" -msgstr "`-n` or `--nogui` Desactivar interfaz gráfica (para usar en modo \"headless\") \n" +msgstr "`-n` o `--nogui` Desactivar interfaz gráfica (para usar en modo \"headless\") \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" -msgstr "`-p` o `--port` Establece el número de puerto UDP local. Por defecto es 22124 \n" +msgstr "`-p` o `--port` Establece el número de puerto UDP local. Por defecto es 22124\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 @@ -78,4 +79,4 @@ msgstr "`-6` o `--enableipv6` Habilita direccionado IPv6 (IPv4 siempre está #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 #, no-wrap msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" -msgstr "`-v` o `--version` Mostrar información de la versión y salir \n" +msgstr "`-v` o `--version` Mostrar información de la versión y salir\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po index 9e4d111c1..2fc0e8064 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -117,5 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vist #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Iniciación a Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po index d272af225..e21a401d2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -66,7 +66,9 @@ msgstr "### Debian y Ubuntu" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "Ofrecemos dos archivos `.deb`equivalentes para las arquitecturas más comunes. Por favor descarga el apropiado:" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,132 +84,138 @@ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus(.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.dow #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "**Para máquinas basadas en ARM (por ej. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "Tras descargar el archivo correcto:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" msgstr "*Solo Ubuntu* - Habilita el repositorio \"universe\" de Ubuntu (puedes usar la [interfaz gráfica](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) o [la línea de comandos](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "Actualiza apt abriendo una consola (CTRL+ALT+T debería funcionar) y escribe: `sudo apt-get update`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "Ve hasta donde descargaste el instalador y, o bien haz doble-clic sobre él, o utiliza la línea de comandos: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` o para armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "Una vez instalado, puedes eliminar el archivo y cerrar las ventanas de consolas.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "Ten en cuenta que si necesitas actualizar Jamulus a una nueva versión, simplemente descarga el archivo .deb nuevo y reinstala como arriba." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "### Otras distribuciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Para instaladores en otras distribuciones, consulta sus gestores de paquetes y [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Si tu distribución no incluye una versión actualizada de Jamulus, puedes [compilar Jamulus de las fuentes](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). También se han contribuido [scripts de instalación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Configura tu hardware" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configura Jack con QJackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Los Clientes de Jamulus necesitan [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para funcionar, pero hay que configurarlo primero. El método recomendado es utilizar `QjackCtl`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Inicia QjackCtl. Verás la **ventana principal de Qt JACK Control**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configura tu hardware de audio como sigue (la configuración exacta de JACK dependerá de lo que es capaz tu hardware de audio):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Elige el **Interfaz** que quieres utilizar (puede haber varios en la lista)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Establece la **Frecuencia de Muestreo en 48000**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Establece los **Cuadros/Periodo en 128** y Periodos/Buffer en 2 para empezar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Reinicia JACK para que surta efecto la nueva configuración" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Arranca Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Con JACK configurado y ejecutándose, inicia Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Si tienes problemas con cortes de sonido (en particular errores de XRUN mostrados por JACK/QjackCtl) prueba con valores más altos (por ej. 256 cuadros o 3 periodos). Valores más bajos (por ej. 64 cuadros) pueden ofrecer un mejor rendimiento pero también quizá más problemas con el audio. Ver la [página de resolución de problemas](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Iniciación a Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "#### Debian repository (convenient)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index ed40abb59..601c72731 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:38+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-08 11:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -61,125 +62,117 @@ msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de se #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "Ofrecemos tres descargas para macOS. Por favor descarga la apropiada:" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Versión universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "**Para macOS en Intel:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" -msgstr "Para macOS Mojave (10.14 o anterior) por favor [descarga la versión heredada]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" -msgstr "**Para macOS en Apple Silicon:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Tras descargar el archivo correcto:" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +msgstr "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) o inferior:** [Descargar versión heredada]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "**Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, *arrastra y pega* cada icono que ves en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *Carpeta de aplicaciones*. Ahora puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Puedes eliminar la carpeta en el directorio de Descargas que contiene el archivo `.dmg` y expulsar la unidad \"Jamulus\" del escritorio. Ya no son necesarios._" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "***\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" no puede abrirse porque no se puede verificar el desarrollador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "Si estás utilizando la versión \"legacy\" de Jamulus (porque tienes una versión antigua de macOS) , la primera vez que ejecutes Jamulus verás un mensaje diciendo que no puede abrirse." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "Para abrir Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "Ve a la carpeta de Aplicaciones con Finder" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "Haz doble-clic en Jamulus y espera al mensaje mencionado arriba" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "Cierra este mensaje haciendo clic en \"Cancelar\"" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "Ahora haz control-clic (o clic derecho) en Jamulus y selecciona \"Abrir\" de la parte de arriba del menú." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "Ahora verás una versión ligeramente diferente del mismo mensaje, que te permite hacer clic en \"Abrir\". De ahora en adelante podrás ejecutar Jamulus de manera normal y no se te volverá a mostrar este mensaje. Para más información consulta [esta página de Soporte para Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## ¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Iniciación a Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "Ofrecemos tres descargas para macOS. Por favor descarga la apropiada:" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Para macOS en Intel:**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Para macOS en Apple Silicon:**\n" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" + +#~ msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Tras descargar el archivo correcto:" + #~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" #~ msgstr "**Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder usar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación. Si ves un mensaje diciendo que Jamulus no puede abrirse porque el desarrollador no puede ser verificado, sigue leyendo y echa un vistazo a la siguiente sección.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po index 6e92c2dc0..5c9fec0d2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -280,7 +280,9 @@ msgstr "Consulta la" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Iniciación a Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po index 7cf93fe0c..4163935d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -153,5 +153,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vist #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Iniciación a Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po index 83b9e256b..a30ceb9fe 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:40+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-01 14:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -45,101 +46,101 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "# Declaración de Privacidad" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." -msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que la versión en inglés de esta declaración de privacidad es la original y que como tal, es la versión vinculante. Para acceder a la versión en inglés, ve a la parte superior de esta página y selecciona la opción \"en\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que la versión en inglés de esta declaración de privacidad es la original y que como tal, es la versión vinculante. Para acceder a la versión en inglés, ve a la parte superior de esta página y selecciona la opción \"en\". Lo que sigue solo es aplicable a la versión que puedes descargar desde esta página web, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "## Definición de Términos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "\"**Servidor**\" El software del Servidor de Jamulus, a diferencia de la máquina/SO anfitrión en el que se ejecuta." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Cliente**\" El software de Jamulus utilizado para conectarse a un Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Directorio**\" Un Servidor de Jamulus configurado para ofrecer una lista de Servidores a Clientes" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "## Página web" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "La página web en [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) se ofrece utilizando GitHub Pages. No almacenamos tus datos personales ni utilizamos cookies de rastreo. Cuando te conectas a la página de jamulus.io, tu IP se envía a [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Software Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "### Uso de Datos del Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." -msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, lo que escribas en Mi Perfil (en Configuración) será mostrado a terceros conectados a ese Servidor mientras dure tu conexión. El Servidor no guarda ni registra los datos de tu Perfil y el operador del Servidor no tiene acceso a ellos a menos que también se conecte como Cliente." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, lo que escribas en Mi Perfil (en Configuración) será mostrado a terceros conectados a ese Servidor mientras dure tu conexión. Ten en cuenta que, dependiendo del otro cliente, quizá no puedas verlo. Además, el operador del Servidor puede ver el nombre que has establecido en Mi Perfil y tu dirección IP, utilizando el Servidor bien a través de la interfaz gráfica o con JSON-RPC." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor tu perfil también puede ser accesible por parte de terceros desde el Directorio en el cual está registrado ese Servidor. Esto puede ser para fines informativos sobre el estado de la red pública de Jamulus (por ejemplo, [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), pero puede no limitarse a esto. Los datos de perfil no son registrados ni guardados por parte del Servidor de Jamulus al cual estás conectado, o por parte del Directorio de Jamulus, pero pueden ser guardados o procesados por terceros." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "### Uso de Direcciones IP" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "Cuando te conectas a un Servidor, el operador del Servidor puede ver tu dirección IP mientras dure tu conexión. Si el operador del Servidor ha habilitado el registro (que está deshabilitado por defecto) tu dirección IP será registrada y guardada en el archivo de registro del Servidor." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Las direcciones IP de todos los Servidores registrados en el Directorio también pueden ser vistas por terceros para fines informativos u otros fines (por ejemplo [aquí](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Tu dirección IP pública no es registrada ni guardada por parte de Jamulus, pero puede ser guardada o procesada por terceros." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "### Grabaciones de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "Durante una conexión con un Servidor Jamulus, si se activa la grabación verás una notificación. Las grabaciones de cada músico son guardadas por el Servidor como archivos .WAV separados, y solamente tiene acceso a ellas el operador del Servidor, a menos que decida divulgarlas a terceros." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "### Texto del Chat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "Cuando escribes un mensaje en la Ventana del Chat, otros músicos conectados lo pueden ver, pero los chats no son guardados por el Servidor y ni el operador del Servidor ni ningún tercero tiene acceso a ellos." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "### Transmisión de Datos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "Por favor ten en cuenta que todos los datos de audio y texto se envían y reciben entre el Servidor y el Cliente de Jamulus sin encriptación." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po index c4dea7cfe..3f488bab0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-27 16:37+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:26+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -221,8 +222,8 @@ msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar varios Servidores, posiblemente también tras un cor #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" -msgstr "Para ejecutar un Directorio [lee esta guía](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +msgstr "Para ejecutar un Directorio [lee esta guía](Directories)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 @@ -236,7 +237,9 @@ msgstr "La mayoría de las personas ejecutan Jamulus como Servidor \"puro\" en * #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un Servidor en un Raspberry Pi (u otro dispositivo basado en armhf), tendrás que descargarte los archivos `.deb` para `armhf`, no los `amd64` que utilizarías por defecto en una máquina basada en Intel/AMD." #. type: Plain text @@ -246,7 +249,9 @@ msgstr "### Instalación" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "Descarga el [último archivo .deb para headless (amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) o si utilizas Raspberry Pi etc. descarga [el último archivo .deb para armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" #. type: Plain text @@ -256,7 +261,9 @@ msgstr "Actualiza apt para asegurarte de que tienes la lista actual de paquetes #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "Instala el paquete de Jamulus: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` o para RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" #. type: Plain text @@ -372,8 +379,8 @@ msgstr "### Ejecutar como Directorio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un [Directorio](Running-a-Server#3-directorio) por favor consulta [esta guía](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un [Directorio](Running-a-Server#3-directorio) por favor consulta [esta guía](Directories)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 @@ -407,13 +414,13 @@ msgstr "#### Controlar la Grabación" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "Cuando se utiliza la función de grabación con la opción de la línea de comandos `-R`, si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, comenzará una nueva grabación en un Directorio nuevo. SIGUSR2 conmutará entre grabación activa/inactiva." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." -msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `nuevaGrabación-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 @@ -564,8 +571,8 @@ msgstr "**Ninguno**: Por defecto, no te conectarás a un Directorio estarás en #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" -msgstr "**Género**: Para permitir a otras personas ver tu Servidor en uno de los Directorios Públicos incluidos, selecciona el Directorio del género que desees. Deberías de ver un mensaje de confirmación informándote de si tu Servidor se ha registrado con éxito o no. Si es que no, y dejas tu Servidor arrancado, seguirá intentando registrarse hasta que haya un hueco libre.\n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgstr "**Género**: Para permitir a otras personas ver tu Servidor en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente, selecciona el Directorio del género que desees. Deberías de ver un mensaje de confirmación informándote de si tu Servidor se ha registrado con éxito o no. Si es que no, y dejas tu Servidor arrancado, seguirá intentando registrarse hasta que haya un hueco libre.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 @@ -575,8 +582,8 @@ msgstr "**Personalizado**: Esto te permite especificar un Directorio personaliza #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Para ejecutar tu Servidor _como_ un Directorio, necesitas establecer la dirección del Directorio Personalizado como `localhost` o `127.0.0.1` elegir el \"Género\" como \"Personalizado\". [Lee esta guía](Custom-Directories) para más detalles." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +msgstr "Para ejecutar tu Servidor _como_ un Directorio, necesitas establecer la dirección del Directorio Personalizado como `localhost` o `127.0.0.1` elegir el \"Género\" como \"Personalizado\". [Lee esta guía](Directories) para más detalles." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 @@ -585,8 +592,8 @@ msgstr "### Info Mi Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor como registrado, esto muestra el nombre, la ciudad y el país del Servidor para que otras personas usuarias puedan identificarlo en la lista del Directorio." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgstr "Al ejecutar un Servidor como Registrado, esto muestra el nombre, la ciudad y el país del Servidor para que otras personas usuarias puedan identificarlo en la lista del Directorio." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 @@ -752,8 +759,8 @@ msgstr "## Ejecutar un Servidor Sin Registrar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente que pruebes tu Servidor en un **Directorio Público** primero, para así acotar cualquier problema posterior en modo sin registrar." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgstr "Se recomienda encarecidamente que pruebes tu Servidor registrándolo en uno de los Directorios incluidos **primero**, para así acotar cualquier problema posterior en modo sin registrar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8dbd61aa6..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,422 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "es" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "/wiki/Server-Linux" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "Instalación de un Servidor Linux Headless" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Administrar un Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Ejecutar un Servidor\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "# Ejecutar un Servidor \"Headless\"" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "La siguiente guía es para ejecutar Jamulus como un servidor \"puro\" en **hardware sin audio** (por ej. en una máquina externa/host en la nube) y presupone el uso de distribuciones Ubuntu/Debian utilizando systemd." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you want to run a server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un servidor en un Raspberry Pi, tendrás que [compilarlo de las fuentes](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Consulta también esta [guía para Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) mantenida por el usuario de Jamulus fredsiva." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "Descarga el [último archivo .deb para headless]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Actualiza apt para asegurarte de que tienes la lista actual de paquetes estándares: `sudo apt update`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "Instala el paquete de Jamulus: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enable the headless server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Habilita el servidor 'headless' con systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running a private server)." -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Añade las [opciones de línea de comandos](Command-Line-Options) que quieras aplicar a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio de systemd en `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (Por defecto estarás ejecutando un servidor privado)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Vuelve a cargar los archivos de sistemd `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` y reinicia el servidor \"headless\": `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Comprueba que todo va bien con `systemctl status jamulus-headless status` (dale a `q` para volver a la línea de comandos)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "También te puede interesar descargarte [este conjunto de herramientas útiles](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) del repositorio de Jamulus (clona el repositorio de Git y ejecuta `git submodule update --init`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "## Notas" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the server cleanly:" -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Puedes controlar Jamulus con el comando `systemctl`. Por ejemplo, para detener el servidor limpiamente:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "### Running in public mode" -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "### Ejecutarlo en modo público" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a public server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "La siguiente es la configuración mínima para [ejecutar un servidor público](Running-a-Server#tipos-de-servidor):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"nombreDeTuServidor;tuCiudad;[ID país]\"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "**Nota**: Los caracteres de punto y coma y de nueva línea no se permiten en `--serverinfo`\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" -"| Género | Dirección Servidor |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 1** | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124` |\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 2** | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224` |\n" -"| **Cualquier Género 3** | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624` |\n" -"| **Género Rock** | `rock.jamulus.io:22424` |\n" -"| **Género Jazz** | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324` |\n" -"| **Género Clásico/Folk** | `classical.jamulus.io:22524` |\n" -"| **Género Coro/Barbershop** | `choral.jamulus.io:22724` |\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "# Ejecutar un Servidor \"Headless\"" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "### Ver los Registros" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus dejará registros en el archivo del sistema si dejaste la configuración `StandardOutput=journal` en el archivo de unidad." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Para ver el registro, utiliza `journalctl` (para salir pulsa Ctrl-C). Por ejemplo, para leer el archivo de registro del sistema, filtrado para el servicio Jamulus:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "### Actualización" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To upgrade your server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "Para actualizar tu servidor a una versión nueva, simplemente descarga el nuevo archivo .deb y reinstala como en el paso 3." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "### Grabación" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a re cording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Cuando se utiliza la función de grabación con la opción de la línea de comandos `-R`, si el servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, comenzará una nueva grabación en un directorio nuevo. SIGUSR2 conmutará entre grabación activa/inactiva." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `nuevaGrabación-Jamulus-server.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quita `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd (ten en cuenta que hacerlo acarrea un potencial riesgo de seguridad).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Para encender o apagar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Para empezar una nueva grabación:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea de `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del archivo `.service` que creaste cuando configuraste systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Así que en este ejemplo sería `Jamulus-Server.service`_" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `service start`, por ejemplo:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (suponiendo que has nombrado tu archivo de unidad `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Puedes ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecutas `service jamulus status`, o viendo los registros." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "## Making a server status page" -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "## Hacer una página de estado del servidor" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "Con el argumento de línea de comando `-m` se puede generar información estadística del servidor para publicarla en una página web." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Here is an example php script using the server status file to display the current server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del servidor para mostrar el estado del servidor en una página html (hay que utilizar los siguientes argumentos en la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#~ msgid "Set your Directory (genre) server using the `--directoryserver` (`-e`) option as follows:" -#~ msgstr "Establece tu servidor de Directorio (género) utilizando la opción `--directoryserver` (`-e`) como sigue:" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po index f1fe476d6..acb320869 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 09:25+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 21:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po index 891388900..25c0ac6aa 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 12:22+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -282,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "### Botón Grp" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." -msgstr "Define un grupo de canales de audio. Mover el fader de un miembro del grupo mueve los faders de todos los demás. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." +msgstr "Define un grupo de canales de audio. Mover el fader de un miembro del grupo mueve los faders de todos los demás. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 @@ -296,10 +297,8 @@ msgstr "Evita que se escuche a otros usuarios en tu mezcla local. Ten en cuenta #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel simply means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal simplemente significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal solo significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 @@ -443,10 +442,9 @@ msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicaci #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" -msgstr "**Nota**: Es preferible ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n" +msgstr "**Nota**: Es mejor ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 @@ -542,10 +540,8 @@ msgstr "### Jitter Buffer" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." -msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene por tanto un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)." +msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 @@ -594,13 +590,13 @@ msgstr "

\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -91,76 +92,82 @@ msgstr "## Usar el cliente de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have a undisturbed session on any Server" +msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "### Cómo tener una sesión sin molestias en cualquier Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -msgid "You can have a \"private\", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." -msgstr "Puedes tener una sesión \"privada\" y sin molestias con otras personas en cualquier Servidor, incluyendo los Servidores en listas públicas, simplemente activando la función de \"solo\" en aquellas personas que deseas escuchar. No escucharàs a nadie más que se una a tu Servidor (ten en cuenta que esto no les impide escucharte a ti, ni utilizar el chat o ver la información de tu perfil)." +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "Puedes tener una sesión sin molestias con otras personas en cualquier Servidor simplemente activando la función de \"solo\" en aquellas personas que deseas escuchar. No escucharàs a nadie más que se una a tu Servidor." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "**NOTA:** Esto no impide que otras personas te escuchen, usen la función de chat, o vean la información de tu perfil..\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "### Utilizar el audio de Jamulus en Zoom o en otras aplicaciones similares" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." msgstr "Varios usuarios han comentado que han tenido éxito a la hora de organizar un \"público virtual\" para una sesión de Jamulus utilizando [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) para conectar la señal de Jamulus a través de JackRouter a la aplicación de destino (en este caso, Zoom)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "También puedes usar [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) para Windows o [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) para macOS para conectar la salida de Jamulus a mútliples destinos; por ejemplo a tus auriculares y a la aplicación de videoconferencia a la vez." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "### Grabar Jamulus en Windows con Reaper" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) ha escrito una [guía para grabar la salida de Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc, inglés) usando ReaRoute como add-on en [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "### Compartir partituras" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) ha escrito un sistema llamado [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), una aplicación web que permite a un \"Jam leader\" repartir partituras (en formato PDF) entre \"Jammers\" en tiempo real utilizando navegadores de red estándares." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "### Script de arranque para Cliente en Linux" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." msgstr "Aquí va un script the arranque para Jamulus utilizando una vieja tarjeta de audio Audigy4. El gran número de faders de audio disponibles hace que sea difícil establecer la configuración correcta." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." msgstr "Por tanto, este script incluye la configuración más importante para los faders de audio. La segunda parte del script se ocupa de las conexiones en Jack. Utilizo Guitarix como procesador de efectos de guitarra y lo inserto en la ruta del audio." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." msgstr "Finalmente, arranco Jamulus automáticamente, conectándose al Directorio." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Este es el script:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" @@ -216,94 +223,95 @@ msgstr "" "~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "### Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y selecciona \"Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre\".\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "## Para administradores de Servidores" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" -msgstr "## Convertir un Servidor público en privado sobre la marcha" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor el tiempo suficiente para que tu grupo se conecte, y luego hacerlo privado simplemente desactivando 'Mi Servidor es Público' el la ventana del Servidor. Seguiréis conectados al Servidor hasta que os desconectéis. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)" +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "## Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que tu grupo se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. Seguiréis conectados al Servidor hasta que os desconectéis. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "### Gestión remota de grabaciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "### Hacer una página de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/es/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5770f49..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-18 21:05+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: es\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Cuéntanos algo sobre Jamulus - [completa esta encuesta anónima (en inglés)](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Esta documentación se publica bajo una [Licencia Creative Commons](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.es){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. ¿Te gustaría [involucrarte](Contribution)?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po index 056f38a9b..c9f7e4560 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-20 12:27+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-30 11:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 @@ -35,10 +36,9 @@ msgstr "Ayuda y soporte" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors" +#, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" -msgstr "Software de Volker Fischer y contribuidores" +msgstr "Software de Volker Fischer y contribuidores - ¿quieres involucrarte?" #. type: Hash Value: kb by #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po index a12fbdd6d..886a11d0a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po @@ -6,18 +6,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 01:33+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-17 18:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +44,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" @@ -46,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" "metadescription: \"Jamulus est un logiciel à source ouverte qui permet aux musiciens de jouer de la musique, de répéter ou simplement bœuffer en ligne et en temps réel via internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Icône de Jamulus\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Jouez de la musique en ligne. Avec vos amis. Librement et gratuitement.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Commencer maintenant !\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Commencer maintenant !\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Télécharger maintenant pour'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'autres plateformes'\n" "---\n" @@ -134,7 +151,7 @@ msgid "" "!\n" " You can also ask on the " msgstr "" -" !\n" +"!\n" " Vous pouvez aussi demander de l'aide dans le " #. type: Content of:

diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 6efbd01ea..5cb8bbb5b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 20:49+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po index a0c24ea6a..679a48363 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-01-02 17:37+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po index 8717527b0..157b8c3c5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-19 18:39+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-25 07:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -59,10 +59,8 @@ msgstr "Si vous pensez qu'il manque de la documentation ou des informations ou q #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you want to help out with translation, you will need to have a GitHub account and should be familiar with using git and Jekyll. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved. You can check the current status of website translations [here](Statistics)." msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez aider à la traduction, vous devrez disposer d'un compte GitHub et être familier avec l'utilisation de git et de Jekyll. Lisez notre [processus de documentation et de traduction](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), et [présentez-vous](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) si vous souhaitez vous impliquer. Vous pouvez vérifier l'état actuel des traductions du site web [ici](Statistics)." +msgstr "Nous utilisons [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) pour traduire notre documentation. Lire à propos notre [processus de documentation et de traduction](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), et [présentez-vous](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) si vous souhaitez vous impliquer." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Custom-Directories.po deleted file mode 100644 index 34fe3937c..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Custom-Directories.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 20:53+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" -msgstr "/wiki/Custom-Directories" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" -msgstr "# Administrer un annuaire personnalisé" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "C'est une configuration spéciale de serveur Jamulus, comme décrit dans la section [Types de serveurs](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Pour afficher les serveurs répertoriés par un annuaire personnalisé, les utilisateurs doivent entrer l'adresse de cet annuaire dans le champ Paramètres > Configuration avancée > Adresse personnalisée de l'annuaire de leur client. Plusieurs adresses peuvent être ajoutées de cette manière si nécessaire. Les annuaires personnalisés apparaîtront alors dans la liste déroulante des annuaires dans leur fenêtre de connexion. Les annuaires personnalisés fonctionnent pour les clients de la même manière que les annuaires publics, en affichant une liste de serveurs enregistrés auprès d'eux." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Pour administrer un serveur comme annuaire, il devra être lancé avec l'option `--directoryserver` pour faire de lui (c'est-à-dire `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`) l'annuaire à interroger pour les serveurs." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 -msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "Lorsque vous administrez un serveur avec l'interface graphique, définissez l'adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé dans l'onglet Options sur \"localhost\", puis sélectionnez \"Personnalisé\" dans la liste déroulante Annuaire." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Points à noter concernant les annuaires" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 -msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "Si vous voulez contrôler quels serveurs peuvent s’enregistrer dans votre annuaire, vous pouvez activer une liste blanche avec l’option `--listfilter`en respectant le format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un annuaire derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé, utilisez l’option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l’adresse IP publique du ou des serveurs listés par votre annuaire si ces serveurs sont sur le même réseau (LAN) avec la même adresse IP publique que l'annuaire. Ceci est nécessaire pour permettre aux clients de l’Internet public de se connecter à eux via NAT. Notez que pour les serveurs utilisant cette option, vous aurez toujours besoin d’une redirection de port appropriée dans votre routeur/pare-feu." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "Si vous administrez votre serveur en tant qu'annuaire et que vous devez le redémarrer pour une raison quelconque (par exemple lors du redémarrage de l'hôte), les serveurs qui y sont connectés seront déconnectés jusqu'à ce qu'ils se réenregistrent. Cela ne signifie pas que les Clients connectés à ces serveurs seront déconnectés, mais que les nouveaux clients ne pourront pas voir les serveurs listés par votre annuaire jusqu'à ce que ces serveurs se reconnectent. Pour permettre à la liste des serveurs enregistrés de persister entre les redémarrages, utilisez l'option `--directoryfile` pour spécifier l'emplacement et le nom d'un fichier dans lequel l'annuaire peut lire et écrire." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 -msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Jusqu'à 150 serveurs peuvent donc s'enregistrer dans un annuaire." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbbafc958 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-10 07:21+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "fr" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Annuaires" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "# Administrer un annuaire" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "Il s'agit d'une configuration spécialisée du serveur Jamulus, comme décrit dans [Types de serveurs](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveurs)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "Pour afficher les serveurs répertoriés par un annuaire personnalisé, les utilisateurs doivent entrer l'adresse de cet annuaire dans le champ Paramètres > Configuration avancée > Annuaires de leur client. Plusieurs adresses peuvent être ajoutées de cette manière si nécessaire. Les annuaires personnalisés apparaîtront alors dans la liste déroulante des annuaires dans leur fenêtre de connexion. Les annuaires personnalisés fonctionnent pour les clients de la même manière que les annuaires publics, en affichant une liste de serveurs enregistrés auprès d'eux." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Pour faire fonctionner un serveur en tant qu'annuaire, il faut le démarrer avec l'option `--directoryserver` pour faire de lui-même (c'est-à-dire `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1`) l'annuaire à interroger pour les serveurs." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur avec l'interface graphique, définissez l'adresse du serveur annuaire personnalisé dans l'onglet Options sur \"localhost\", puis sélectionnez \"Personnalisé\" dans la liste déroulante Annuaire." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "### Points à noter concernant les annuaires" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "Si vous voulez contrôler quels serveurs peuvent s'enregistrer dans votre annuaire, vous pouvez activer une liste blanche avec l'option de ligne de commande `--listfilter` au format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un serveur derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé et que vous vous enregistrez avec un répertoire sur le même réseau, exécutez le serveur en utilisant l'option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l'adresse IP publique. Ceci est nécessaire pour permettre aux clients sur l'Internet public de se connecter à la bonne adresse. Notez que pour le(s) serveur(s) utilisant cette option, vous aurez toujours besoin d'une redirection de port appropriée dans votre routeur/pare-feu." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "Lorsqu'on exécute un client derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé avec un annuaire sur le même réseau, l'annuaire lui-même doit être exécuté en utilisant l'option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l'adresse IP publique, de sorte que tous les serveurs sur l'Internet public s'enregistrant avec l'annuaire et nécessitant le \"hole punch\" soient accessibles au(x) Client(s). (En effet, dans le cas contraire, l'annuaire fournirait l'adresse du réseau local du client au serveur et le \"hole punch\" échouerait.)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "Si vous devez redémarrer votre annuaire pour une raison quelconque (par exemple lors du redémarrage de l'hôte), les serveurs qui y sont connectés seront déconnectés jusqu'à ce qu'ils se réenregistrent. Cela ne signifie pas que les clients connectés à ces serveurs seront déconnectés, mais que les nouveaux clients ne pourront pas voir les serveurs listés par votre annuaire jusqu'à ce que ces serveurs se reconnectent. Pour permettre à la liste des serveurs enregistrés de persister entre les redémarrages, utilisez l'option `--directoryfile` pour spécifier l'emplacement et le nom d'un fichier dans lequel l'annuaire peut lire et écrire." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "Jusqu'à 150 serveurs peuvent alors s'enregistrer dans un annuaire." + +#~ msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque vous exécutez un annuaire derrière un pare-feu NAT sur un réseau privé, utilisez l'option `--serverpublicip` pour spécifier l'adresse IP publique du ou des serveurs listés par votre annuaire si ces serveurs sont sur le même LAN / avec la même IP publique que l'annuaire. Ceci est nécessaire pour permettre aux clients de l'Internet public de se connecter à eux via NAT. Notez que pour les serveurs utilisant cette option, vous aurez toujours besoin d'une redirection de port appropriée dans votre routeur/pare-feu." + +#~ msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +#~ msgstr "Si vous exécutez votre serveur en tant qu'annuaire et que vous devez le redémarrer pour une raison quelconque (par exemple lors du redémarrage de l'hôte), les serveurs qui y sont connectés seront déconnectés jusqu'à ce qu'ils se réenregistrent. Cela ne signifie pas que les clients connectés à ces serveurs seront déconnectés, mais que les nouveaux clients ne pourront pas voir les serveurs listés par votre annuaire jusqu'à ce que ces serveurs se reconnectent. Pour permettre à la liste des serveurs enregistrés de persister entre les redémarrages, utilisez l'option `--directoryfile` pour spécifier l'emplacement et le nom d'un fichier dans lequel l'annuaire peut lire et écrire." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po index f9561c78c..2238c17b5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-15 15:15+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -90,10 +90,8 @@ msgstr "### Y a-t-il un métronome, une synchronisation ou un autre moyen de res #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server simply play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent simplement en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer, mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer, mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 @@ -107,15 +105,13 @@ msgstr "### Comment puis-je savoir si je peux rejoindre un serveur ? Existe-t-il #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." -msgstr "En général, si quelqu'un met en place un serveur sur un annuaire publique proposé par défaut par Jamulus, alors il accepte que tout le monde puisse y jouer. Jamulus n'a pas de protection par mot de passe ni d'autres mécanismes d'authentification. Cependant, certains serveurs peuvent indiquer leur politique dans le message de bienvenue que vous verrez dans la fenêtre de tchate." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "Si quelqu'un met en place un serveur sur un des annuaires embarqués dans Jamulus, alors il accepte que tout le monde puisse y jouer. Jamulus n'a pas de protection par mot de passe ni d'autres mécanismes d'authentification. Cependant, certains serveurs peuvent indiquer leur politique dans le message de bienvenue que vous verrez dans la fenêtre de tchate, Jamulus lui-même ne fait rien pour les faire respecter." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can simply give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Notez également que les serveurs n'ont pas besoin d'être enregistrés dans un annuaire pour que les clients Jamulus puissent s'y connecter. Les opérateurs de serveurs peuvent simplement donner l'adresse de leurs serveurs à ceux avec qui ils veulent jouer, et ceux-ci peuvent alors se connecter directement. Consultez [cet aperçu pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)" +msgstr "Notez également que les serveurs n'ont pas besoin d'être enregistrés dans un annuaire pour que les clients Jamulus puissent s'y connecter. Les opérateurs de serveurs peuvent donner l'adresse de leurs serveurs uniquement à ceux avec qui ils veulent jouer, et ceux-ci peuvent alors se connecter directement. Consultez [cet aperçu pour plus d'informations](/wiki/Running-a-Server#types-de-serveur)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po index 3897d29be..3aa2dc0d7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 11:07+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6e8b8398e..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-28 20:20+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "# Qualité de service (QoS)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "Jamulus utilise DSCP/CS4 de manière opportuniste pour gérer le gonflement de la mémoire tampon, et utilise une valeur DSCP/CS4 par défaut de 128 (ou 0x80). Cette valeur est compatible avec IPv4 et IPv6. D'autres valeurs peuvent être définies en utilisant l'option -Q, par exemple -Q [0..255] (où 0 désactive la QoS). Cependant, la plupart des gens n'auront pas besoin de le faire." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Utiliser QoS sous Windows" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "Les paramètres de QoS de Jamulus (y compris la valeur par défaut) n'ont aucun effet sur Windows car le système d'exploitation les ignore. Pour l'activer, vous devez suivre ces instructions. Notez également que vous devrez peut-être répéter cette procédure à chaque mise à jour de Jamulus." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "Dans la boîte de recherche à côté du menu Démarrer, tapez : Local Group Policy Editor (entrer)
Dans la nouvelle fenêtre, (cliquer) sur l'icône du menu pour afficher le troisième panneau Actions.
Regardez le premier panneau de l'éditeur de stratégie du groupe local.
 Stratégie de l'ordinateur local
  Configuration
   fenêtres paramètres
    QoS basée sur la stratégie (cliquer)
Regarder le troisieme panneau (Actions) de l'éditeur de stratégie de groupe local
 QoS basée sur la stratégie
  Plus d'actions
   créer une nouvelle stratégie (cliquer)
    nom : Jamulus
    Specifier la valeur DSCP : 32
    suivant
    Cette stratégie QoS s'applique seulement au programme Jamulus.exe
    Suivant
    Suivant
    UDP
    Fin
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "(Avis : La stratégie de Jamulus dans le panneau central peut être modifiée)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po index 4f8d0f9f0..1c6c71b5c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -6,125 +6,149 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-28 11:32+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 15:17+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." msgstr "`-d` ou `--discononquit` Déconnecte tous les clients lorsque le serveur est arrêté. Normalement, lorsqu'un serveur est arrêté ou redémarré, tous les clients qui n'ont pas utilisé leur bouton \"Déconnecter\" rétabliront la connexion lorsque le serveur sera de nouveau opérationnel. L'utilisation de cette option oblige les clients à rétablir manuellement leur connexion au serveur. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." msgstr "`-e` ou `--directoryserver` Enregistrer le serveur sur un annuaire (par exemple pour définir son genre (voir aussi `-o`)). Voir [types de serveurs](#types-de-serveur) pour plus d'informations.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" -msgstr "`--directoryfile` Se souvenir des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Annuaires seulement. Voir [ce guide](Custom-Directories) pour plus d'informations.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information. \n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "`--directoryfile` Se souvenir des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Annuaires seulement. Voir [ce guide](Directories) pour plus d'informations. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." msgstr "`-f` ou `--listfilter` Liste blanche des serveurs s'enregistrant sur la liste des serveurs, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Annuaires uniquement. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "`-F` ou `--fastupdate` Réduit la latence si les clients se connectent avec l'option \"Activer les petits tampons de réseau\". Nécessite un processeur plus rapide pour éviter les pertes de données, et une bande passante plus large pour les clients activés.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -msgstr "`-l` ou `--log` Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom du fichier \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "`-m` ou `--htmlstatus` Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" msgstr "`-L` ou `--licence` Afficher une fenêtre d'accord avant que les utilisateurs puissent se connecter\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "`-m` ou `--htmlstatus` Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" msgstr "`-o` ou `--serverinfo` Détails de l'emplacement dans le format : `[nom];[ville];[valeur locale]` (voir [valeurs](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Serveurs enregistrés uniquement\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" msgstr "`-P` ou `--delaypan` Démarrer avec le panoramique du délai activé Voir [notes](#retardement-du-panoramique))\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." msgstr "`-R` ou `--recording` Inclure un chemin accessible en écriture où les fichiers doivent être stockés (entre guillemets si nécessaire). Voir [Options](#options). \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -msgstr "`--norecord` Désactive l'enregistrement lorsqu'il est activé par défaut par `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" msgstr "`-s` ou `--server` Démarrer en mode serveur\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" msgstr "`--serverbindip` Spécifiez l'adresse IP à laquelle se lier \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" msgstr "`-T` ou `--multithreading` Utilisez le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs afin de prendre en charge plus de clients\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "`-u` ou `--numchannels` Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." msgstr "`-w` ou `--welcomemessage` Message de bienvenue à la connexion. Peut être donné comme une chaîne de caractères ou un nom de fichier, et peut contenir du HTML.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" msgstr "`-z` ou `--startminimized` Démarrage minimisé\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" -msgstr "`--serverpublicip` L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir [Notes sur les Annuaire](Custom-Directories#points-a-noter-concernant-des-annuaires)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip` L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir [Notes sur les Annuaire](Directories#points-a-noter-concernant-des-annuaires)\n" + +#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +#~ msgstr "`-l` ou `--log` Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom du fichier \n" + +#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Désactive l'enregistrement lorsqu'il est activé par défaut par `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po index 972ff36cc..04c108f63 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-13 19:08+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -117,5 +118,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus a été installé et peut être utilisé dès maintenant. Vous p #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page d'accueil de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po index 593f5d410..51f0b8476 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 21:03+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -69,7 +69,9 @@ msgstr "### Debian et Ubuntu" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "Nous fournissons deux fichiers `.deb` équivalents pour les architectures les plus courantes. Veuillez télécharger le fichier approprié :" #. type: Plain text @@ -85,133 +87,139 @@ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ si #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "**Pour les machines basées sur ARM (par exemple Raspberry Pi, armhf) :**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé le bon fichier :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" msgstr "*Ubuntu seulement* - Activer le dépôt Ubuntu \"universe\" (vous pouvez utiliser l'[interface utilisateur](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) ou le [terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "Mettez à jour apt en ouvrant une fenêtre de console (CTRL+ALT+T devrait fonctionner) et tapez : `sudo apt-get update`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "Naviguez jusqu'à l'endroit où vous avez téléchargé le programme d'installation et double-cliquez dessus, ou utilisez la ligne de commande : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` ou pour armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "Une fois installé, vous pouvez supprimer le fichier et fermer toutes les fenêtres de la console.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "Notez que si vous devez mettre à jour Jamulus vers une version plus récente, téléchargez simplement le nouveau fichier .deb et réinstallez comme ci-dessus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "### Autres distributions" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Pour les installateurs sur d'autres distributions, consultez leurs gestionnaires de paquets et [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Si une version à jour de Jamulus n'est pas incluse dans votre distribution, vous pouvez [compiler Jamulus à partir des sources](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Vous pouvez également utiliser l'un des [scripts d'installation](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Configurer votre matériel" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configurer JACK avec QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Les clients Jamulus ont besoin de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) pour fonctionner, mais vous devez d'abord le configurer. La méthode recommandée est d'utiliser `QjackCtl`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire de contrôle Qt JACK**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts de JACK dépendront de ce que votre matériel audio est capable de faire) :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Réglez l'interface audio **Interface** sur celle que vous voulez (il peut y en avoir plusieurs dans la liste)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Réglez la **Fréquence d'échantillonnage sur 48000**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Définissez la **Frames/Period à 128** et Periods/Buffer à 2 dans un premier temps" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres prennent effet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Démarrez Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Une fois JACK lancé et configuré, démarrez Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Si vous rencontrez des problèmes d'interruption du son (en particulier des décrochages signalés par JACK/QjackCtl), essayez de définir des valeurs plus élevées (par exemple, 256 frames ou 3 périods). Des valeurs plus faibles (par exemple 64 frames) peuvent apporter de meilleures performances mais peut-être plus de problèmes de son. Voir la page [dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting) sinon." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Jetez un coup d'oeil à la" +msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[page de configuration de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Page d'accueil de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "#### Debian repository (convenient)" #~ msgstr "#### Dépôt Debian (pratique)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 30f90ffd1..d542aad96 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 21:06+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -64,124 +64,116 @@ msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pouvez d'abord [sauvegarder votre configuration](Sof #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "Nous fournissons trois possibilités pour macOS. Veuillez télécharger la version appropriée :" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (Construction universelle)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "**Pour macOS fonctionnant sur Intel.**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" -msgstr "Pour macOS Mojave (10.14 ou inférieurs) veuillez [télécharger la version pour les systèmes historiques]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" -msgstr "**Pour macOS fonctionnant sur Apple Silicon :**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr " **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé le bon fichier :" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +msgstr "" +"Pour **macOS Mojave (10.14) ou inférieurs** [télécharger une version anciennes]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "**Installez Jamulus** : Ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *copiez collez* les icônes que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus client et serveur) dans votre *dossier Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Vous pouvez éjecter le volume \"Jamulus\" de votre bureau et supprimer le dossier dans le répertoire Téléchargements contenant le `.dmg`. Ils ne sont plus nécessaires._>" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "***\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" ne peut pas être ouvert car le développeur ne peut pas être vérifié" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "Si vous utilisez la version \" historique \" de Jamulus (parce que vous exécutez une ancienne version de macOS), la première fois que vous lancerez Jamulus, vous verrez un message indiquant qu'il ne peut pas être ouvert." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "Pour ouvrir Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "Accédez au dossier Applications via Finder" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "Double-cliquez sur Jamulus et attendez le message susmentionné" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "Fermez ce message en cliquant sur \"Annuler\"" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "Maintenant, faites un contrôle-clic (ou un clic droit) sur Jamulus et sélectionnez \"Ouvrir\" dans le haut du menu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "Vous aurez alors une version légèrement différente du même message, qui vous permettra de cliquer sur \"Ouvrir\". À partir de ce moment, vous pouvez exécuter Jamulus de manière normale et le message n'apparaîtra plus. Pour plus d'informations à propos de cet avertissement, consultez [cette page d'assistance Apple (en anglais)](https://support.apple.com/fr-fr/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[page de configuration de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Page d'accueil de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "Nous fournissons trois possibilités pour macOS. Veuillez télécharger la version appropriée :" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Pour macOS fonctionnant sur Intel.**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Pour macOS fonctionnant sur Apple Silicon :**\n" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" + +#~ msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr " **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Après avoir téléchargé le bon fichier :" #~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" #~ msgstr "**Exécutez Jamulus**. Vous devriez maintenant pouvoir utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application. Si vous voyez un message qui vous dit que Jamulus ne peut pas être ouvert parce que le développeur ne peut pas être vérifié, lisez les explications dans la section suivante.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po index c0fa00982..b7e9d386b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 20:40+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -283,8 +283,10 @@ msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[page de configuration de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Page d'accueil de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po index 625771758..15aa103be 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-14 12:29+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 18:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -153,5 +154,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus a été installé et peut être utilisé maintenant. Vous pouvez #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[page de configuration de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Page d'accueil de Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po index 04a90cb6d..0a9461ef9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 21:07+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -45,101 +46,101 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "# Déclaration de confidentialité" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." -msgstr "Veuillez noter que la version anglaise de cette déclaration de confidentialité est la version originale et, en tant que telle, la version contraignante. Pour accéder à la version anglaise, allez en haut/en haut à droite de cette page et cliquez sur le lien \"en\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +msgstr "Veuillez noter que la version anglaise de cette déclaration de confidentialité est la version originale et, en tant que telle, la version contraignante. Pour accéder à la version anglaise, allez en haut/en haut à droite de cette page et cliquez sur le lien \"en\". Ce qui suit s'applique uniquement à la version que vous pouvez télécharger à partir de ce site Web, [jamulus.io] (https://jamulus.io)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "## Définition des termes" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "\"**Server**\" Le logiciel serveur Jamulus, par opposition à la machine hôte/OS sur laquelle il est exécuté." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Client**\" Le logiciel Jamulus utilisé pour se connecter à un serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Annuaire**\" Un serveur Jamulus configuré pour fournir une liste de serveurs aux clients" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "## Site internet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "Le site internet [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) est hébergé par GitHub Pages. Nous ne collectons pas vos données personnelles et ne définissons pas de cookies de suivi. Si vous vous connectez au site jamulus.io, votre IP est envoyée aux [pages GitHub](https://pages.github.com/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Logiciel Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "### Utilisation des informations de profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." -msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, ce que vous avez mis dans Mon profil (dans Paramètres) sera visible par les autres utilisateurs de ce serveur pendant que vous y êtes connecté. Le serveur ne stocke et n'enregistre pas les informations de votre profil et l'opérateur du serveur n'y a pas accès, sauf s'il est également connecté en tant que client." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, ce que vous avez mis dans Mon profil (dans Paramètres) sera visible par les autres utilisateurs de ce serveur pendant que vous y êtes connecté. Veuillez noter que, selon l'autre client, vous pourriez ne pas les voir. De plus, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir le nom que vous avez défini dans Mon profil et votre adresse IP, en utilisant le serveur soit par l'interface graphique, soit par JSON-RPC." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur public, votre profil est également accessible à des tiers à partir de l'annuaire sur lequel ce serveur est enregistré. Cela peut être à des fins d'information sur l'état du réseau public Jamulus (par exemple, [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), mais ne se limite pas à cela. Les informations de profil ne sont pas autrement enregistrées ou stockées par le serveur Jamulus auquel vous êtes connecté, ou par l'annuaire Jamulus, mais peuvent être stockées ou traitées par des tiers." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "### Utilisation des adresses IP" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "Lorsque vous vous connectez à un serveur, l'opérateur du serveur peut voir votre adresse IP pendant que vous êtes connecté. Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé la journalisation (qui est désactivée par défaut), votre adresse IP sera également enregistrée et stockée dans le fichier journal du serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Les adresses IP de tous les serveurs publics enregistrés auprès du serveur d'annuaire peuvent également être vues par des tiers à des fins d'information ou autres (par exemple [ici](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Votre adresse IP publique n'est par ailleurs ni enregistrée ni stockée par Jamulus, mais elle peut être stockée ou traitée par des tiers." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "### Enregistrements audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "Vous verrez une notification si vous êtes connecté à un serveur Jamulus alors que l'enregistrement du serveur est activé. Les enregistrements de chaque joueur sont stockés séparément par le serveur sous forme de fichiers .WAV et seul l'opérateur du serveur y a accès sauf s'ils choisissent de les mettre à la disposition de tiers." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "### Tchate texte" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "Lorsque vous tapez un message dans la fenêtre de tchate, les autres musiciens connectés peuvent le voir, mais les tchates ne sont pas stockés par le serveur et ni l'opérateur du serveur ni des tiers n'y ont accès." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "### Transmission de données" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "Veuillez noter que toutes les données audio et textuelles sont envoyées et reçues entre le serveur et le client Jamulus sans être cryptées." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po index 74ba4a7d1..d74603552 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-14 15:08+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po index 6c6da45ed..49a3e8e6c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 20:31+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ msgstr "Lorsque vous souhaitez faire fonctionner plusieurs serveurs, éventuelle #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" -msgstr "Pour exécuter un annuaire [lisez ce guide](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +msgstr "Pour faire tourner un annuaire [lisez ce guide](Directories)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 @@ -239,7 +239,9 @@ msgstr "La plupart des gens exécutent Jamulus en tant que serveur \"pur\" sur d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "Si vous souhaitez exécuter un serveur sur un Raspberry Pi (ou un autre appareil basé sur armhf), vous devrez télécharger les fichiers `.deb` pour `armhf`, pas les fichiers par défaut `amd64` que vous utiliseriez sur un Intel/Machine basée sur AMD." #. type: Plain text @@ -249,7 +251,9 @@ msgstr "### Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "Téléchargez la [dernière version sans interface (amd64).deb]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) ou, Si vous utilisez un Raspberry Pi etc. téléchargez la [dernière version (armhf).deb]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" #. type: Plain text @@ -259,7 +263,9 @@ msgstr "Mettez à jour apt pour vous assurer que vous disposez d'une liste à jo #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "Installez le paquet Jamulus : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` ou pour RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" #. type: Plain text @@ -375,8 +381,8 @@ msgstr "#### Exécuter comme Annuaire" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "Si vous voulez exécuter un [annuaire](Running-a-Server#3-annuaire) veuillez consulter [ce guide](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Si vous voulez faire tourner un [annuaire](Running-a-Server#3-annuaire) veuillez consulter [ce guide](Directories)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 @@ -410,13 +416,13 @@ msgstr "#### Controller l'enregistrement" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "Lors de l'utilisation de la fonction d'enregistrement avec l'option de ligne de commande `-R`, si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarrera un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 active/désactive l'enregistrement." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." -msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux à l'aide de systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 @@ -567,8 +573,8 @@ msgstr "**Aucun** : par défaut, vous ne serez pas connecté à un annuaire et v #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" -msgstr "**Genre** : pour permettre à d'autres personnes de voir votre serveur sur l'un des annuaires publics intégrés, sélectionnez le genre d'annuaire souhaité. Vous devriez voir un message de confirmation indiquant si votre serveur s'est enregistré avec succès. Si ce n'est pas le cas et que vous laissez votre serveur en cours d'exécution, il continuera d'essayer de s'enregistrer jusqu'à ce qu'un emplacement libre se libère.\n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgstr "**Genre** : pour permettre à d'autres personnes de voir votre serveur sur l'un des annuaires publics embarqués dans le client, sélectionnez le genre d'annuaire souhaité. Vous devriez voir un message de confirmation indiquant si votre serveur s'est enregistré avec succès. Si ce n'est pas le cas et que vous laissez votre serveur en cours d'exécution, il continuera d'essayer de s'enregistrer jusqu'à ce qu'un emplacement libre se libère.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 @@ -578,8 +584,8 @@ msgstr "**Personnalisé** : Cela vous permet de spécifier un répertoire person #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." -msgstr "Pour exécuter votre serveur _comme_ un annuaire, vous devez définir l'adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé sur `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` et définir le \"Genre\" sur \"Personnalisé\". [Lire ce guide](Custom-Directories) pour plus de détails." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +msgstr "Pour exécuter votre serveur _comme_ un annuaire, vous devez définir l'adresse de l'annuaire personnalisé sur `localhost` ou `127.0.0.1` et définir le \"genre\" sur \"personnalisé\". [Lire ce guide](Directories) pour plus de détails." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 @@ -588,8 +594,8 @@ msgstr "### Informations de mon serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." -msgstr "Lors de l'exécution en tant que serveur enregistré, cela affiche le nom, la ville et le pays du serveur afin que les autres utilisateurs puissent facilement l'identifier dans la liste du répertoire." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgstr "Lors de l'exécution en tant que serveur enregistré, cela affiche le nom du serveur, la ville et le pays afin que les autres utilisateurs puissent facilement l'identifier dans la liste d'annuaire." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 @@ -755,8 +761,8 @@ msgstr "## Exécuter un serveur non enregistré" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." -msgstr "Il est fortement recommandé de tester d'abord votre serveur sur un **Annuaire publique** afin de limiter les problèmes ultérieurs en mode non enregistré." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgstr "Il est fortement recommandé de tester votre serveur en l'enregistrant sur l'un des annuaires embarqués **d'abord** afin de limiter les problèmes ultérieurs en mode non enregistré." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 @@ -836,17 +842,14 @@ msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use other people's servers, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus client." #~ msgid "The short answer is **no**. For various reasons, you should try to use Servers listed by the built in Directories, at least at first while getting your sound set up with the Jamulus Client. You may also be able to use a Server hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself." #~ msgstr "La réponse courte est **non**. Pour diverses raisons, vous devriez essayer d'utiliser les serveurs d'autres personnes, du moins au début, le temps de configurer votre son avec le client Jamulus." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Note that you can have a \"private\" session with other people on a Public Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your server." #~ msgid "Note that you can have a \"private\" session with other people on a Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." #~ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez avoir une session \"privée\" avec d'autres personnes sur un serveur public en vous mettant simplement en solo. Vous ne serez alors pas en mesure d'entendre les autres s'ils entrent dans votre serveur." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Many people attribute problems to the server that are in fact problems with the _client_. Much depends on the clients' hard/software setup, the networks that _they_ are on, and whether they are sticking to [Rule Number One](Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #~ msgid "Many people attribute problems to the Server that are in fact problems with the _Client_. Much depends on the Clients' hard/software setup, the networks that _they_ are on, and whether they are sticking to [Rule Number One](Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #~ msgstr "De nombreuses personnes attribuent au serveur des problèmes qui sont en fait des problèmes du _client_. Cela dépend en grande partie du matériel, de la configuration des clients, des réseaux sur lesquels ils se trouvent et de leur respect de la [règle numéro un](Client-Troubleshooting#vous-avez-tous-un-son-correct,-mais-il-est-difficile-de-jouer-ensemble)." @@ -860,22 +863,18 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgstr "### En général" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Port forwarding" #~ msgid "#### Upgrading" #~ msgstr "### Redirection de port" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Server status icon" #~ msgid "### Making a Server status page" #~ msgstr "## Icône de status du serveur" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "### Custom Directory Server Address" #~ msgid "### Directory Server Address" #~ msgstr "### Adresse du serveur de répertoire personnalisé" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. So if you want to operate a Jamulus server at home, you need to open a hole in your router to let Jamulus clients connect to it." #~ msgid "If you are running a Server on your home network, people from outside will not be able to see things inside it. So if you want to operate a Jamulus Server, you need to open a hole in your router's firewall to let Jamulus Clients connect to it." #~ msgstr "Normalement, les personnes extérieures à votre réseau domestique ne peuvent pas voir ce qui s'y trouve. Ainsi, si vous souhaitez faire fonctionner un serveur Jamulus chez vous, vous devez ouvrir une brèche dans votre routeur pour permettre aux clients Jamulus de s'y connecter." @@ -886,12 +885,10 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgstr "La configuration exacte de la redirection de port diffère pour chaque routeur. Pour obtenir de l'aide, consultez [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Most domestic Internet connections will change their IP address after a period (hours, days or weeks). To make it easier for people to connect to you, you may therefore also want set up a dynamic DNS address. You can do this on [the machine](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) that you are running the Jamulus server on, or preferably your router [may support it](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #~ msgid "Most domestic Internet connections will change their IP address after a period (hours, days or weeks). To make it easier for people to connect to you, you may therefore also want set up a dynamic DNS address. You can do this on [the machine](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) that you are running the Jamulus Server on, or preferably your router [may support it](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #~ msgstr "La plupart des connexions Internet domestiques changent d'adresse IP après un certain temps (heures, jours ou semaines). Pour que les gens puissent plus facilement se connecter à votre serveur, vous voudrez peut-être aussi configurer une adresse DNS dynamique. Vous pouvez le faire sur [la machine](https://www.online-tech-tips.com/computer-tips/ddns-dynamic-dns-service/) sur laquelle vous exécutez le serveur Jamulus, ou de préférence sur votre routeur [qui peut le prendre en charge](https://www.noip.com/support/knowledgebase/how-to-configure-ddns-in-router/)." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Various problems can arise when setting up servers, and we generally ecourage people to use other people's (public) servers at first to isolate any issues that may in fact be due to client configuration." #~ msgid "Various problems can arise when setting up Servers, and we generally encourage people to use other people's (public) Servers at first to isolate any issues that may in fact be due to Client configuration." #~ msgstr "Divers problèmes peuvent survenir lors de la mise en place de serveurs, et nous encourageons généralement les gens à utiliser d'abord les serveurs (publics) d'autres personnes afin d'isoler tout problème qui pourrait en fait être dû à la configuration du client." @@ -949,12 +946,6 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgstr "## Largeur de bande du réseau" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "There is one upstream (musician sending to the server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" -#~| "

\n" -#~| "\t\"A\n" -#~| "
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" -#~| "
\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" #~ "
\n" @@ -972,12 +963,10 @@ msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshoot #~ msgstr "Notez également que le débit moyen de l'ADSL2 est de 10 Mbit/s en aval et de 1 Mbit/s en amont. Les performances réelles dépendent de la distance au fournisseur, qui peut [théoriquement aller de 24 Mbit/s à 0,3 km à 1,5 Mbit/s à 5,2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) pour le débit descendant." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "# Running a headless Linux server" #~ msgid "# Running a headless Linux Server" #~ msgstr "# Exécuter un serveur \"headless\" Linux" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Those wishing to run a server on a Linux cloud or other third party hosting platform should [read this guide](Server-Linux). \n" #~ msgid "Those wishing to run a Server on a Linux cloud or other third party hosting platform should [read this guide](Server-Linux)." #~ msgstr "Ceux qui souhaitent faire fonctionner un serveur sur un \"cloud\" Linux ou une autre plateforme d'hébergement tierce doivent [lire ce guide](Server-Linux). \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po index 453c33ea4..19b502160 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 21:09+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index f8e994eb8..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,385 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-14 16:47+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -"X-Language: fr_FR\n" -"X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "/wiki/Server-Linux" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "Installation d'un serveur \"headless\" Linux" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"En savoir plus\" branch1=\"Administration d'un serveur\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "# Exécution d'un serveur headless" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "Ce qui suit concerne l'exécution de Jamulus en tant que serveur \"pur\" sur du **matériel sans audio** (par exemple, sur un hôte tiers/cloud) et suppose des distributions Ubuntu/Debian utilisant systemd." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez faire fonctionner un serveur sur un Raspberry Pi, vous devrez [compiler à partir des sources](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Voir aussi ce [guide pour Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintenu par l'utilisateur Jamulus fredsiva." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "Téléchargez le [dernier fichier .deb headless]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Mettez à jour apt pour vous assurer que vous avez une liste actuelle de paquets standard : `sudo apt update`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "Installez le paquet Jamulus : `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Activez le processus de serveur sans interface graphique via systemd : `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Ajoutez vos [options de ligne de commande] (Command-Line-Options) à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier de service systemd dans `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (Par défaut, vous allez exécuter un serveur privé)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Rechargez les fichiers systemd `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` et redémarrez le serveur headless : `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Vérifiez que tout va bien avec `service jamulus-headless status` (tapez `q` pour revenir à l'invite de commande)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également être intéressé par le téléchargement de [cet ensemble d'outils utiles](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) depuis le dépôt Jamulus (clonez le dépôt Git et appelez `git submodule update --init`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "## Notes" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez contrôler Jamulus avec la commande `systemctl`. Par exemple, pour arrêter le serveur proprement :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "### Exécution en mode public" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "La configuration minimale suivante est requise pour [exécuter un serveur public](Running-a-Server#types-de-serveurs) :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"Jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "**Note** : Les caractères point-virgule et saut de ligne ne sont pas autorisés dans `--serverinfo`\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "-" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" -"| Genre | Adresse du serveur |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Tout Genre 1** | `anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Tout Genre 2** | `anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Tout Genre 3** | `anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** | `rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** | `jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classique/Folk** | `classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** | `choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "# Exécution d'un serveur headless" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "-" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "### Visualisation des journaux" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus se connectera au fichier système si vous avez laissé le paramètre `StandardOutput=journal` dans le fichier d'unité." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Pour visualiser le journal, utilisez `journalctl` (pour quitter, appuyez sur Ctrl-C). Par exemple, pour lire le fichier journal du système, filtré pour le service Jamulus :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "### Mise à jour" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "Pour mettre à jour votre serveur vers une version plus récente, téléchargez simplement un nouveau fichier .deb et réinstallez comme à l'étape 3." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "### Enregistrement" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Lorsque vous utilisez la fonction d'enregistrement avec l'option de ligne de commande `-R`, si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il commencera un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 permet d'activer ou de désactiver l'enregistrement." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Note:** Vous devrez sauvegarder les enregistrements dans un chemin _extérieur_ au répertoire personnel de jamulus, ou enlever `ProtectHome=true` de votre fichier d'unité systemd (soyez conscient que faire cela est cependant un risque potentiel de sécurité).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver l'enregistrement (selon l'état actuel) :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Pour demarrer un nouvel enregistrement :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Note : Le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` que vous avez créé lors de la configuration de systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Donc dans cet exemple, ce serait `Jamulus-Server.service`_" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Lancez `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` pour les enregistrer pour la première utilisation." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez les lancer avec la commande `service start`, par exemple :" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (en supposant que vous avez nommé votre fichier unité `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `service jamulus status`, ou en consultant les logs." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "## Faire une page d'êtat du serveur" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "Avec l'argument `-m` de la ligne de commande, des informations statistiques sur le serveur peuvent être générées pour être mises sur une page web." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#~ msgid "Set your Directory (genre) server using the `--directoryserver` (`-e`) option as follows:" -#~ msgstr "Définissez votre serveur annuaire (genre) en utilisant l'option `--directoryserver` (`-e`) comme suit :" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 020d81351..42259212b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-15 15:45+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "Dépannage du Serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"En savoir plus\" branch1=\"Administrer un seveur\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po index d694f033c..8de2b5d32 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-04 01:28+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr_FR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-28 19:55+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"Language-Team: French \n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -299,10 +299,8 @@ msgstr "Empêche les utilisateurs d'être entendus dans votre mixage local. Sach #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel simply means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." -msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie simplement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"." +msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie uniquement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 @@ -446,10 +444,9 @@ msgstr "Permet de sélectionner le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la co #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" -msgstr "**Note** : Il est préférable d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, avec chaque client ayant son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n" +msgstr "**Note** : c'est mieux d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, où chaque client a son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 @@ -545,10 +542,8 @@ msgstr "### Tampon de gigue" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." -msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe donc sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)." +msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 @@ -597,13 +592,13 @@ msgstr "
\n" +"Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -91,76 +92,82 @@ msgstr "## Utiliser le client Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have a undisturbed session on any Server" +msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "### Avoir une session non perturbée sur n'importe quel serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -msgid "You can have a \"private\", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." -msgstr "Vous pouvez avoir une session \"privée\", sans être dérangé, avec d'autres personnes sur n'importe quel serveur, y compris les serveurs listés publiquement, en vous mettant simplement en solo. Vous ne pourrez alors entendre personne d'autre qui entre dans votre serveur (notez que cela ne les empêche pas de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction chat ou de voir les informations de votre profil)." +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "Vous pouvez avoir une session sans être dérangé avec d'autres personnes sur n'importe quel serveur en mettant les membres de votre groupe simplement en solo. Vous ne pourrez alors entendre personne d'autre qui entre dans votre serveur." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "**NOTE :** cela ne les empêche pas de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction tchate ou de voir les informations de votre profil.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "### Utilisation de l'audio Jamulus dans les applications de réunion Zoom (ou autres)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." msgstr "Plusieurs utilisateurs ont rapporté avoir réussi à autoriser une \"audience virtuelle\" pour une session Jamulus en utilisant [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) pour acheminer le signal Jamulus à travers JackRouter vers l'application cible (dans ce cas, les réunions Zoom)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) pour Windows ou [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) pour macOS afin d'acheminer la sortie de Jamulus vers plusieurs destinations, par exemple vers votre casque et l'application de réunion en même temps." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "### Enregistrer Jamulus sous Windows avec Reaper" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "L'utilisateur Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) a écrit un [guide pour enregistrer les sorties de Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) en utilisant ReaRoute de [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "### Partage de paroles de chansons/accords" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "L'utilisateur Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) a écrit un système appelé [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), une application ouèbe qui permet a un \"responsable du bœuf\" de mettre à disposition les fiches des chansons (au format PDF) aux autres participants en temps réel en utilisant un navigateur ouèbe standard." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "### Script de démarrage Linux pour le client Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." msgstr "Voici un script de démarrage Linux pour Jamulus utilisant une vieille carte son Audigy4, dont le grand nombre de faders audio disponibles rend difficile l'obtention des réglages corrects." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." msgstr "Ce script inclut donc les réglages les plus importants des faders audio. La deuxième partie du script concerne les connexions JACK. J'utilise Guitarix comme processeur d'effets pour guitare que je branche dans le chemin audio de JACK." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." msgstr "Enfin, je lance Jamulus en le connectant automatiquement à l'annuaire." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "Voici le script :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" @@ -216,94 +223,94 @@ msgstr "" "~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "### Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et ensuite spécifiez les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = me silencer ; s = solo; o = muet) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"muet\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" +msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et ensuite spécifiez les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = me silencer ; s = solo ; o = muet) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"muet\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des faders de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; Solo 32 à 39 et Mute 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le numéro CC 64." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour \"activer\" un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour \"désactiver\" le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Note*: Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n" +msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre appareil MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "## Pour les administrateurs de serveurs" -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" -msgstr "### Conversion d'un serveur public en serveur privé à la volée" - #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur public suffisamment longtemps pour que votre groupe se connecte, puis le rendre privé en décochant simplement la case \"Rendre mon serveur public\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les membres de votre groupe seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)" +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "### Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que votre groupe se connecte, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les membres de votre groupe seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "### Gestion à distance des enregistrements" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "### Faire une pagede status de serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur peuvent être générées pour être affichées sur une page internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" @@ -337,3 +344,6 @@ msgstr "" "?>\n" "\n" "~~~\n" + +#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index bed986392..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-18 21:05+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: fr\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Dites-nous ce que vous pensez de Jamulus - [répondez à notre enquête anonyme !](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Cette documentation est placée sous [Licence Creative Commons](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.fr){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Vous voulez [vous impliquer](Contribution) ?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po index fbc671038..cd3be23be 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po @@ -6,14 +6,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-15 15:57+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 09:19+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0.1\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po index 069c89caf..eff5ff922 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po @@ -17,7 +17,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po similarity index 54% rename from _translator-files/po/it/Custom-Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/it/Directories.po index 33cf27a37..fae27a626 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Custom-Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po @@ -16,80 +16,85 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" +msgid "/wiki/Directories" msgstr "" #. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" +msgid "Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 msgid "### Points to note about Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po index f77d0208f..b6d5a73bf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index fbc60aea6..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po index 6df73f5e2..49d490ee4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -17,114 +17,95 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po index 925fac5f6..a7bc71898 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -117,5 +117,5 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po index 7349c0bf3..da51ede76 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -83,129 +83,129 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 05b080585..8105de36d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -61,121 +61,91 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po index d191c94ba..fe1da8550 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -280,5 +280,5 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po index 34540b568..b1856bd8f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -153,5 +153,5 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po index 7a8d5d544..3c8148fe6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -45,101 +45,101 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po index d77944d04..8c6beb9e0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -383,12 +383,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index 89bef17c7..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po index 804043d56..b4b228ec5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po @@ -583,12 +583,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom directory server address" +msgid "### Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 -msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 6e72d362c..687695802 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -89,76 +89,82 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have a undisturbed session on any Server" +msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -msgid "You can have a \"private\", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 -msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 -msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 -msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" @@ -189,94 +195,94 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/it/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index 70ab828cf..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-18 21:05+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: it\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Raccontaci la tua esperienza - [partecipa al nostro sondaggio anonimo!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Questa documentazione è concessa in licenza con una [Licenza Creative Commons](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.it){: target = \" blank\" rel = \"noreferrer\"}. Vuoi [contribuire](Contribution)?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po index ac8ec9186..86525ab74 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po @@ -17,7 +17,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Custom-Directories.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2b2e7bb1a..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Custom-Directories.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-19 07:26+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "nl" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Custom-Directories" -msgstr "/wiki/Custom-Directories" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "Eigen adresboeken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheer\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:12 -msgid "# Running a Custom Directory" -msgstr "# Een eigen adresboek uitvoeren" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:14 -msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." -msgstr "Dit is een gespecialiseerde Jamulus-server configuratie, zoals beschreven in [servertypen](Running-a-Server#servertypen)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:16 -msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." -msgstr "Om servers te bekijken die worden vermeld door een eigen adresboek, moeten gebruikers het adres van het adresboek invoeren in het veld client Instellingen > Geavanceerde instellingen > Eigen adresboek. Indien nodig kunnen op deze manier meerdere adressen worden toegevoegd. Eigen adresboeken verschijnen dan in de keuzelijst Adresboek in hun verbindingsvenster. Eigen adresboeken werken verder voor clients op dezelfde manier als openbare adresboeken, waarbij een lijst met bij hen geregistreerde servers wordt weergegeven." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:18 -msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "Om een server als een adresboek uit te voeren, moet deze worden gestart met de optie `--directoryserver` om zichzelf (dat wil zeggen `localhost` of `127.0.0.1`) het adresboek te maken waarin naar servers moet worden gezocht." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:20 -msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "Als je een server met de GUI gebruikt, stel je het serveradres voor de eigen adresboek in het tabblad Opties in op \"localhost\" en selecteer je vervolgens \"Aangepast\" in de adresboek keuzelijst." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:23 -msgid "### Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### Aandachtspunten voor adresboeken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:25 -msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." -msgstr "Als je wilt bepalen welke servers zich bij jouw adresboek kunnen registreren dan kun je een whitelist inschakelen met de opdrachtregeloptie `--listfilter` in het formaat `ip-adres 1[;ip-adres 2]`." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:27 -msgid "When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." -msgstr "Wanneer je een adresboek achter een NAT-firewall op een particulier netwerk uitvoert, dan gebruik je de optie `--serverpublicip` om het openbare IP-adres op te geven van de server(s) die door jouw adresboek worden vermeld als die servers zich op hetzelfde LAN / met dezelfde openbare IP als het adresboek. Dit is nodig om clients op het openbare internet via NAT verbinding met hen te laten maken. Houd er rekening mee dat voor de servers die deze optie gebruiken, je nog steeds de juiste poort forwarding in je router/firewall nodig hebt." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:29 -msgid "If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "Als je je server als een adresboek gebruikt en deze om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijvoorbeeld bij het opnieuw opstarten van de host), dan worden de servers die ermee verbonden zijn losgekoppeld totdat ze zich opnieuw registreren. Dit betekent niet dat de verbinding met clients die met die servers zijn verbonden wordt verbroken maar het betekent wel dat nieuwe clients geen servers in je adresboek kunnen zien totdat die servers opnieuw verbinding maken. Om ervoor te zorgen dat de lijst met geregistreerde servers blijft bestaan tussen herstarts, gebruik je de optie `--directoryfile' om de locatie en naam op te geven van een bestand waarnaar het adresboek kan lezen en schrijven." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:30 -msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Tot 150 Servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae27a626 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po index 3e59ecb79..fd3fc7b0d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/FAQ.po @@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ msgstr "### Hoe weet ik of ik kan deelnemen aan een server? Zijn er regels?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." msgstr "In het algemeen, als iemand een server vermeldt in een van de openbare adresboeken die standaard door Jamulus worden geleverd, accepteren ze dat iedereen erop kan spelen. Jamulus heeft geen wachtwoordbeveiliging of andere authenticatiemechanismen. Sommige servers kunnen echter hun beleid vermelden in het welkomstbericht dat je in het chatvenster ziet." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index 673bc9d86..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-19 15:34+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "[comment]: # (Dit bestand is opgenomen in meerdere documenten)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "# Quality of Service (QoS)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "Jamulus gebruikt DSCP/CS4 opportunistisch om bufferophoping aan te pakken en gebruikt een standaard DSCP/CS4-waarde van 128 (of 0x80). Dit is compatibel met IPv4 en IPv6. Andere waarden kunnen worden ingesteld met de optie -Q, bijv. -Q [0..255] (waarbij 0 QoS uitschakelt). Zie RFC4594 als je het effect van niet-standaardinstellingen wilt onderzoeken. De meeste mensen zullen dit echter niet nodig hebben." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## Gebruik van QoS in Windows" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "De QoS-instellingen van Jamulus (inclusief de standaard) hebben geen effect op Windows omdat het besturingssysteem ze negeert. Om het in te schakelen, moet je deze instructies volgen. Houd er ook rekening mee dat je deze procedure mogelijk iedere keer moet herhalen wanneer Jamulus wordt bijgewerkt." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "Typ in het zoekvak naast het menu Start: gpedit.msc (enter)
In het nieuwe venster, (klik) op het menu icoon om het Actievenster weer te geven
Gebruik nu het linker paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
 Beleid voor Lokale computer
  Computerconfiguratie
   Windows-instellingen
   Op beleid gebaseerde QoS (klik)
Gebruik het derde (Acties) paneel in de editor voor lokaal groepsbeleid
 Op beleidgebasseerde QoS
   Meer acties
     Nieuwe beleidsinstelling maken (klik)
       Beleidsnaam: Jamulus
       DSCP-waarde opgeven: 32
       Volgende
       Alleen toepassingen met deze naam (uitvoerbaar): Jamulus.exe
       Volgende
       Volgende
       UDP
       Voltooien
" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "(Let op het Jamulus-beleid kan in het middenpaneel kan worden bewerkt)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po index 5b500e6b0..92771c968 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -17,114 +17,137 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." msgstr "`-d` of `--discononquit` Verbreek de verbinding met alle clients bij afsluiten. Normaal gesproken, wanneer een server wordt gestopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart, zullen alle clients die hun \"Verbinding verbreken\"-knop niet hebben gebruikt, de verbinding herstellen wanneer de server weer actief is. Als je deze optie gebruikt, worden clients gedwongen hun verbinding met de server handmatig opnieuw tot stand te brengen. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." msgstr "`-e` of `--directoryserver` Registreer de server op een adresboek (bijv. om het genre in te stellen (zie ook `-o`)). Zie [servertypen](#servertypen) voor meer informatie.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "`--directoryfile` Onthoud geregistreerde servers, zelfs als het adresboek opnieuw wordt gestart. Alleen adresboek servers. Zie [deze handleiding](Custom-Directories) voor meer informatie. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." msgstr "`-f` of `--listfilter` Whitelist-servers die zich registreren op de serverlijst, formaat `ip-adres 1[;ip-adres 2]`. Alleen voor adresboeken. \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "`-F` of `--fastupdate` Vermindert de latency als clients verbinding maken met de optie \"Kleine netwerkbuffers inschakelen\". Vereist een snellere CPU om uitval te voorkomen en meer bandbreedte voor clients die dit ingeschakeld hebben.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" -msgstr "`-l` of `--log` Logboek inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "`-m` of `--htmlstatus` HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" msgstr "`-L` of `--licence` Laat een venster zien voordat gebruikers verbinding kunnen maken\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "`-m` of `--htmlstatus` HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" msgstr "`-o` of `--serverinfo` Locatie details in het formaat: `[naam];[stad];[locale waarde]` (zie [waarden](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)). Alleen geregistreerde servers.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" msgstr "`-P` of `--delaypan` Start met delay panning ingeschakeld. Zie [opmerking](#delay-panning-inschakelen)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." msgstr "`-R` of `--recording` Geef een beschrijfbaar pad op waar de opnamebestanden moeten worden opgeslagen (indien nodig tussen aanhalingstekens). Zie [opties](#opties). \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" -msgstr "`--norecord` Opname uitschakelen indien standaard ingeschakeld door `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" msgstr "`-s` of `--server` Start in server modus\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" msgstr "`--serverbindip` Geef het IP-adres op om aan te binden \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" msgstr "`-T` of `--multithreading` Gebruik multithreading om beter gebruik te maken van multi-core CPU's om meer clients te ondersteunen\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "`-u` of `--numchannels` Maximum aantal kanalen (clients)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." msgstr "`-w` of `--welcomemessage` Welkomstbericht bij verbindingmaken. Kan worden opgegeven als een tekenreeks of bestandsnaam en kan HTML bevatten.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" msgstr "`-z` of `--startminimized` Start geminimaliseerd\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" msgstr "`--serverpublicip` Het openbare IP-adres van de server als verbinding wordt gemaakt met een adresboek achter dezelfde NAT. Zie [aandachtspunten voor adresboeken](Custom-Directories#aandachtspunten-voor-adresboeken)\n" + +#~ msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +#~ msgstr "`-l` of `--log` Logboek inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen \n" + +#~ msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +#~ msgstr "`--norecord` Opname uitschakelen indien standaard ingeschakeld door `-R` \n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po index adfdca6c4..1e8f3de65 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -117,5 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus is geïnstalleerd en kan nu worden gebruikt. Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po index 326265e75..036c8a708 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -66,7 +66,9 @@ msgstr "### Debian en Ubuntu" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "We bieden twee equivalente `.deb`-bestanden voor de meest voorkomende architecturen. Download de juiste:" #. type: Plain text @@ -82,130 +84,136 @@ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.do #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "**Voor op ARM gebaseerde machines (bijv. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "Nadat je het juiste bestand hebt gedownload:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" msgstr "*Alleen Ubuntu* - Schakel de Ubuntu \"universe\"-repository in (je kunt de [GUI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) of [CLI-gebaseerde benadering](https://askubuntu. com/a/227788) gebruiken).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "Werk apt bij door een consolevenster te openen (CTRL+ALT+T zou moeten werken) en typ: `sudo apt-get update`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "Ga naar de locatie waar je het installatieprogramma hebt gedownload en dubbelklik erop of gebruik de opdrachtregel: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` of voor armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "Eenmaal geïnstalleerd, dan kun je het bestand verwijderen en alle consolevensters sluiten.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "Als je Jamulus moet upgraden naar een nieuwere versie dan kun je gewoon het nieuwe .deb-bestand downloaden en opnieuw installeren zoals hierboven beschreven." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "### Andere distributies" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Voor installatieprogramma's voor andere distributies, zie hun pakketbeheerders en [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Als er geen up-to-date versie van Jamulus is opgenomen in jouw distributie, dan kun je [Jamulus compileren van de broncode (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Je kunt wellicht ook een van de bijgedragen [installatie scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) gebruiken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Hardware configuratie" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configureer JACK met QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus-clients gebruiken [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) om te werken, maar die moet je eerst configureren. Het is aan te bevelen om hiervoor `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configureer je audiohardware als volgt (de exacte instellingen voor JACK zijn afhankelijk van waar jouw audiohardware toe in staat is):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en Periods/Buffer op 2 om mee te beginnen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Herstart JACK zodat de nieuwe instellingen geactiveerd worden" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Terwijl JACK actief en geconfigureerd is, start je Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Als je problemen krijgt met het onderbreken van het geluid (met name XRUN-fouten gerapporteerd door JACK/QjackCtl), probeer dan grotere waarden in te stellen (bijv. 256 frames of 3 periods). Lagere (bijvoorbeeld 64 frames) kunnen betere prestaties opleveren maar zorgen misschien voor meer geluidsproblemen. Zie ook de [problemen oplossen pagina](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 59be2c0c3..b9a3ac7eb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -61,121 +61,114 @@ msgstr "Upgraden? Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Softw #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "We bieden drie downloads voor macOS. Download de juiste:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "**Voor macOS met Intel:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" msgstr "Voor macOS Mojave (10.14 of lager) [download legacy versie]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" -msgstr "**Voor macOS met Apple Silicon:**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "Nadat je het juiste bestand hebt gedownload:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "**Installeer Jamulus**: Open het gedownloade `.dmg-bestand`, ga akkoord met de licentie, *sleep* de pictogrammen die je in het venster ziet (Jamulus-client en -server) naar de *Applicaties* map. Daarna kun je dit venster sluiten.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "**Start Jamulus**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken. \n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Je kunt de map in de map Downloads die de `.dmg` bevat verwijderen en de schijf \"Jamulus\" op je bureaublad verwijderen. Deze zijn niet meer nodig._" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "***\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" kan niet worden geopend omdat de ontwikkelaar niet kan worden geverifieerd" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "Wanneer je de \"legacy\" versie van Jamulus gebruikt (omdat je een oudere versie van macOS hebt), dan zal de eerste keer dat je Jamulus start een bericht verschijnen dat het niet kan worden geopend." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "Om Jamulus te starten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "Ga naar de Apps map via de Finder" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "Dubbelklik op Jamulus en wacht totdat bovenstaande bericht wordt weergegeven" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "Sluit dit bericht door op \"OK\" te klikken" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "Control-klik nu (of klik met de rechtermuisknop) op Jamulus en selecteer \"Open\" bovenaan het menu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "Je krijgt dan een iets andere versie van hetzelfde bericht, waarmee je op \"Open\" kunt klikken en het kunt uitvoeren. Van nu af aan kun je Jamulus op de gebruikelijke manier starten en krijg je deze waarschuwing nu niet meer te zien. Voor meer informatie over deze waarschuwing zie [deze Apple Support Pagina](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" +#~ msgstr "We bieden drie downloads voor macOS. Download de juiste:" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Voor macOS met Intel:**\n" + +#~ msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" +#~ msgstr "**Voor macOS met Apple Silicon:**\n" + +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" + +#~ msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#~ msgstr " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" + +#~ msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +#~ msgstr "Nadat je het juiste bestand hebt gedownload:" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po index ff7e86560..032a6f909 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -280,7 +280,9 @@ msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po index 87bed4966..52ce81e49 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -153,5 +153,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus is geïnstalleerd en kan nu worden gebruikt. Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po index ebd131a47..205ce3321 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -45,101 +45,105 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "# Privacyverklaring" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat de Engelse versie van deze privacyverklaring de originele en daarmee bindende versie is. Om toegang te krijgen tot de Engelse versie, ga je naar de rechterbovenhoek van deze pagina en klik je op de link \"en\"." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "## Verklarende woordenlijst" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "\"**Server**\" De Jamulus server-software, in tegenstelling tot de hostmachine/het besturingssysteem waarop deze draait." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "\"**Client**\" De Jamulus-software die wordt gebruikt om verbinding te maken met een server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "\"**Adresboek**\" Een Jamulus-server die is geconfigureerd om een lijst met servers aan clients te leveren" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "## Website" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "De website op [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) maakt gebruik van GitHub pagina's. We verzamelen je persoonlijke gegevens niet en plaatsen geen tracking cookies. Wanneer je verbinding maakt met de jamulus.io-site, wordt je IP naar [GitHub-pagina's](https://pages.github.com/) verzonden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "## Jamulus software" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "### Gebruik van profiel informatie" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, wordt alles wat je in Mijn profiel (in Instellingen) plaatst, aan anderen op die server getoond wanneer je ermee verbonden bent. De server bewaart of registreert je profielinformatie niet op een andere manier en de server-beheerder heeft er geen toegang toe, tenzij ze ook verbonden zijn met een client." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server, is je profiel mogelijk ook beschikbaar voor derden vanuit het adresboek waarin die server is geregistreerd. Dit kan zijn voor informatieve doeleinden over de status van het openbare Jamulus-netwerk (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), maar is daar niet toe beperkt. Profielinformatie wordt niet anderszins gelogd of opgeslagen door de Jamulus-server waarmee je bent verbonden of door het Jamulus adresboek, maar kan worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "### Gebruik van IP-adressen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "Wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server dan kan de serveroperator je IP-adres zien terwijl je verbonden bent. Als de serveroperator logboekregistratie heeft ingeschakeld (wat standaard is uitgeschakeld), dan wordt je IP-adres ook geregistreerd en opgeslagen in het logbestand van de server." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "De IP-adressen van alle bij het adresboek geregistreerde servers kunnen ook door derden worden bekeken voor informatieve of andere doeleinden (bijvoorbeeld [hier](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Je openbare IP-adres wordt verder niet gelogd of opgeslagen door Jamulus, maar kan wel worden opgeslagen of verwerkt door derden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "### Geluidsopname" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "Je ziet een melding als je bent verbonden met een Jamulus-server wanneer serveropname is ingeschakeld. Opnamen van elke speler worden door de server afzonderlijk opgeslagen als .WAV-bestand en alleen de serverbeheerder heeft er toegang toe, tenzij hij ervoor kiest om ze beschikbaar te stellen aan derden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "### Tekstchat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "Wanneer je een bericht typt in het chatvenster, kunnen andere verbonden spelers dat zien, maar chats worden niet door de server opgeslagen en noch de serverbeheerder noch derden hebben er toegang toe." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "### Dataoverdracht" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat alle audio- en tekstgegevens zonder encryptie worden verzonden en ontvangen tussen de Jamulus-server en de client." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po index d5a02bd0e..f08ec7a9e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po @@ -221,7 +221,9 @@ msgstr "Als je meerdere Servers wilt draaien, eventueel ook achter een firewall #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" msgstr "Voor het uitvoeren van adresboek [lees je deze handleiding](Custom-Directories)" #. type: Plain text @@ -236,7 +238,9 @@ msgstr "De meeste mensen draaien Jamulus als een \"pure\" server op **hardware z #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "Als je een server op een Raspberry Pi (of een ander op armhf gebaseerd apparaat) wilt draaien, moet je de `.deb`-bestanden voor `armhf` downloaden, niet de standaard `amd64` die je zou gebruiken op een Intel /AMD-gebaseerde machine." #. type: Plain text @@ -246,7 +250,9 @@ msgstr "### Installatie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "Download het [nieuwste headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) of indien je een Raspberry Pi etc. gebruikt, download het [nieuwste armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" #. type: Plain text @@ -256,7 +262,9 @@ msgstr "Werk apt bij om er zeker van te zijn dat je een actuele lijst met standa #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "Installeer het Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` of voor RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" #. type: Plain text @@ -372,7 +380,9 @@ msgstr "#### Uitvoeren als adresboek" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." msgstr "Als je een [adresboek](Running-a-Server#3-adresboek) wilt uitvoeren, raadpleeg dan [deze handleiding](Custom-Directories)." #. type: Plain text @@ -407,12 +417,16 @@ msgstr "#### Opname regelen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "Als de opnamefunctie wordt gebruikt met de opdrachtregeloptie `-R' en de server een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt tijdens een opname, zal deze een nieuwe opname starten in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maak je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passendse naam (bijv. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." #. type: Plain text @@ -563,8 +577,9 @@ msgstr "**Geen**: Standaard gebruik je een server die niet gekoppeld is aan een #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" msgstr "**Genre**: Om andere mensen jouw server te laten zien in een van de ingebouwde openbare adresboeken, selecteer je het gewenste genre adresboek. Je zou een bevestigingsbericht moeten zien dat aangeeft of jouw server succesvol is geregistreerd. Als dit niet het geval is en je laat je server draaien, dan zal hij blijven proberen zich te registreren totdat er een vrij slot vrijkomt. \n" #. type: Plain text @@ -575,7 +590,9 @@ msgstr "**Aangepast**: Hiermee kun je een eigen adresboek opgeven waarin moet wo #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." msgstr "Om jouw server _als_ een adresboek te laten draaien, moet je het eigen adresboek adres instellen als `localhost` of `127.0.0.1` en het \"Genre\" instellen op \"Aangepast\". [Lees deze handleiding](Custom-Directories) voor meer details." #. type: Plain text @@ -585,7 +602,9 @@ msgstr "### Mijn serverinfo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." msgstr "Wanneer de server als een geregistreerde server wordt uitgevoerd, worden de naam, de stad en het land van de server weergegeven, zodat andere gebruikers deze gemakkelijk kunnen identificeren in de adresboek lijst." #. type: Plain text @@ -752,7 +771,9 @@ msgstr "## Een niet geregistreerde server uitvoeren" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." msgstr "Het wordt ten zeerste aanbevolen om jouw server eerst te testen met een **openbaar adresboek** om eventuele latere problemen in de niet-geregistreerde modus te beperken." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8c854fd92..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-07-15 16:24+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.1.1\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "nl" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "/wiki/Server-Linux" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "Headless Linux server installatie" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheer\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "# Een headless server opzetten" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "Het volgende is voor het draaien van Jamulus als een \"pure\" server op **hardware zonder audio** (bijv. op een derde partij/cloudhost) en veronderstelt dat er Ubuntu/Debian-distributies gebruikt worden die systemd gebruiken." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "Als je een server op een Raspberry Pi wilt draaien, dan moet je zelf [de broncode compileren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Zie ook deze [handleiding voor Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) onderhouden door Jamulus-gebruiker fredsiva." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "Download het [nieuwste headless .deb bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "Werk apt bij om er zeker van te zijn dat je een actuele lijst met standaard packages hebt: `sudo apt update`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "Installeer het Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Schakel het headless serverproces in via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "Voeg de gewenste [opdrachtregelopties](Running-a-Server#opdrachtregelopties) toe aan de `ExecStart`-regel in het systemd-servicebestand in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (standaard voer je een niet geregistreerde server uit)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Herlaad de systemd bestanden `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` en herstart de headless server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "Controleer of alles in order is met `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (druk op `q` om terug te gaan naar de opdrachtregel)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "Mogelijk ben je ook geïnteresseerd in het downloaden [van deze set handige tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) vanuit de Jamulus repository (clone de Git repo en voer `git submodule update --init` uit)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "## Opmerkingen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "Je kunt Jamulus bedienen met het `systemctl` commando. Om de server bijvoorbeeld netjes te stoppen gebruik je:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "### Uitvoeren in geregistreerde mode" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "De volgende minimale instellingen zijn vereist om een [geregistreerde server](Running-a-Server#servertypen) uit te voeren:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:poort \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"jouwServernaam;jouwStad;[land ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking**: Puntkomma's en nieuwe regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `--serverinfo`\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "Vervang `genreserver:poort` in het bovenstaande voorbeeld door een van de volgende opties:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" -"| Genre | Server adres |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Ieder Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Ieder Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Ieder Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Klassiek/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Koor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -#| msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "### Uitvoeren als een adresboek" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "Als je een [eigen adresboek](Running-a-Server#3-eigen-adresboek) wilt gebruiken, raadpleeg dan [deze handleiding](Custom-Directories)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "### De logboeken bekijken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "Jamulus logt in het systeemlogbestand als je de instelling `StandardOutput=journal` in het instellingenbestand hebt gelaten." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "Gebruik `journalctl` om het logboek te bekijken (om af te sluiten drukt je op Ctrl-C). Om bijvoorbeeld het systeemlogbestand te lezen, gefilterd voor de Jamulus-service:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "### Upgraden" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "Om je server te upgraden naar een nieuwere versie, downloadt je gewoon het nieuwste .deb bestand en installeer je deze opnieuw zoals in stap 3." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "### Opnemen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "Als de opnamefunctie wordt gebruikt met de opdrachtregeloptie `-R' en de server een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt tijdens een opname, zal deze een nieuwe opname starten in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maakt je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passende naam (bijv. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je moet de opnamen opslaan in een pad _buiten_ de jamulus home map of `ProtectHome=true` uit het systemd bestand verwijderen (houd er rekening mee dat dit echter een potentieel veiligheidsrisico is).\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "Voor het in- of uitschakelen van de opname (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Schakel de opname status van de Jamulus server om\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "Voor het starten van een nieuwe opname:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start een nieuwe opname voor de Jamulus server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Opmerking: De Jamulus-servicenaam in de `ExecStart`-regel moet hetzelfde zijn als de `.service`-bestandsnaam die je hebt gemaakt toen je systemd instelde om je Jamulus-server te bedienen. Dus in dit voorbeeld zou het `Jamulus-Server.service` zijn._" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "Voer `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` uit om hem te registreren voor het eerste gebruik." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "Nu kun je deze uitvoeren met het commando `service start`, bijvoorbeeld:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (ervan uitgaande dat je je het bestand de naam `jamulusTogglerec.service` hebt gegeven)" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `service jamulus status` uitvoert of door de logs te bekijken." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "## Een serverstatuspagina maken" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "Met de `-m` opdrachtregeloptie kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregelargument wordt gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" - -#~ msgid "Set your Directory (genre) server using the `--directoryserver` (`-e`) option as follows:" -#~ msgstr "Stel de adresboek (genre) server als volgt in met behulp van de `--directoryserver` (`-e`) optie:" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po index 368325105..30c37e06c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po @@ -594,13 +594,15 @@ msgstr "
=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -#, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en kies je \"Sorteer muzikanten op Naam\".\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "## Voor serverbeheerders" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "### On-the-fly een openbare server naar een privéserver omzetten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Je kunt een openbare server draaien die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om je band verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je prive gaan door simpelweg het vakje 'Maak mijn server openbaar' in de server GUI uit te vinken. Je bandleden zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "### Opname op afstand bedienen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "### Een serverstatuspagina maken" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6b2474904..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-12-17 22:07+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: nl\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 3.0\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Vertel ons over Jamulus - [vul onze anonieme enquête in! (engelstalig)](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Deze documentatie is gelicentieerd onder een [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\\\"_blank\\\" rel=\\\"noreferrer\\\" }. Wil je [meewerken](Contribution)?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po index 132788cc7..c3762e784 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/1-index.po @@ -17,7 +17,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -27,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae27a626 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po index 4f695f268..b958781a5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/FAQ.po @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 -msgid "In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window." +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-QOS-Windows.po deleted file mode 100644 index fbc60aea6..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-QOS-Windows.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:3 -msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:5 -msgid "# Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:7 -msgid "Jamulus uses DSCP/CS4 opportunistically to deal with buffer bloat, and uses a default DSCP/CS4 value of 128 (or 0x80). This is compatible with IPv4 and IPv6. Other values can be set using the -Q option, eg -Q [0..255] (where 0 disables QoS). If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see RFC4594. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:9 -msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:11 -msgid "Jamulus's QoS settings (including the default) have no effect on Windows because the operating system ignores them. To enable it, you must follow these instructions. Note also that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:31 -msgid "In Search box beside Start menu Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Include-QOS-Windows.md:33 -msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po index 6df73f5e2..49d490ee4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -17,114 +17,95 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. \n" +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information.\n" +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. \n" +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. \n" +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients.\n" +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name \n" +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect\n" +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name\n" +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only\n" +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)\n" +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). \n" +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` \n" +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode\n" +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to \n" +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients\n" +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)\n" +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML.\n" +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized\n" +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)\n" +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po index 2959bd5fd..0027ff7b3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -118,5 +118,5 @@ msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez você queira dar um #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[Jamulus Onboarding page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus Onboarding](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po index 87bca07cc..f4fb6702c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "### Debian e Ubuntu" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -msgid "We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -84,138 +84,140 @@ msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.downloa #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 #, no-wrap -msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):**\n" +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:27 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" -msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button}" +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" msgstr "Atualize o apt: `sudo apt-get update`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Navigate to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." -msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}`\n" +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgstr "Instale o pacote de onde você o baixou: `sudo apt install {{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" msgstr "Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." msgstr "Note que se você precisar atualizar o Jamulus para uma nova versão, simplesmente baixe o novo arquivo .deb e reinstale como descrito acima." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 msgid "### Other distributions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installers on other distributions, see [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). You may also wish to use one of the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgstr "Para pacotes de instalação em outras distribuições, dê uma olhada em [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Você também pode querer usar um dos [scripts de instalação](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) de terceiros." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 msgid "## Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Configurando o hardware" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configure JACK com QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Jamulus clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Clientes Jamulus precisam de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para rodar, mas você tem que configurá-lo primeiro. O método recomendado é usando `QjackCtl`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgstr "Execute o comando `qjackctl`. Você vai ver a **Página principal do utilitário Qt JACK**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" msgstr "Configure seu equipamento de áudio da seguinte maneira (as exatas configurações do JACK vão depender seu equipamento):" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgstr "Configure a **Interface** de áudio usando a que você quiser (pode haver várias na lista)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgstr "Configure o **Taxa de Samples em 48000**" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgstr "Configure os **Frames/Período em 128** e Períodos/Buffer em 2 para começar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" msgstr "Restarte o JACK para os novos valores entrarem em efeito." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:56 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Abra o Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Com o JACK configurado e rodando, abra o Jamulus no seu desktop launcher (ou usando o terminal execute o comando `jamulus`)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." msgstr "Se você tiver problemas com o som interrompendo (em particular erros XRUN que o JACK/QjackCtl reportar) tente usar valores maiores (por exemplo 256 quadros ou 3 períodos). Valores menores (p.e. 64 frames) podem melhorar a performance, mas talvez causar mais problemas de som. Veja a seção [Problemas e solucões](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:62 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Dê uma olhada na página" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 94141130d..a06a16a1e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -60,138 +60,110 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 -msgid "We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Intel:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}" -msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgid "For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})" +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:**\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -#, fuzzy +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 -#, no-wrap -msgid " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the license, *drag and drop* the two icons you see in the window (Jamulus client and server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Abra o arquivo `.dmg` que você baixou, concorde com os termos de licensa, *clique e arraste* os dois ícones que você está vendo (Jamulus - cliente e servidor) na sua *Pasta de programas*. Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:36 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" msgstr "_Você pode ejetar o drive \"Jamulus\" do seu desktop e deletar a pasta no seu diretório de Downloads que contém o `.dmg`. Você não vai mais precisar deles._" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:38 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "***\n" msgstr "***\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:40 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" msgstr "## \"Jamulus\" não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:44 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "To open Jamulus" msgstr "Para contornar esse problema:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Navigate to the Applications folder via Finder" msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" msgstr "Use o finder e vá até a pasta de programas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" msgstr "Dê um clique duplo no Jamulus e espere até a mensagem descrita acima aparecer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" msgstr "Feche essa mensagem clicando em \"Cancelar\"" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." msgstr "Segure a tecla Control e clique (ou clique com o botão direito) no Jamulus, então selecione \"Abrir\" no topo do menu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\" and go ahead with running it. You will not be shown this warning again - just double-click it to run after that. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." msgstr "Você verá uma versão ligeiramente diferente da mesma mensagem, agora aparecerá um botão \"Abrir\", que você pode clicar para continar e abrir o Jamulus. Essa mensagem de alerta não vai aparecer de novo - nas próximas vezes basta abrí-lo normalmente com um clique duplo. Para mais informações sobre essa mensagem de alerta leia [essa página de suporte da Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 msgid "## All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:54 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +#~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button}" +#~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" + #~ msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. If you see a message which tells you that Jamulus can't be opened because the developer can't be verified, read on and have a look at the following section.\n" #~ msgstr "**Inicie o Jamulus**. Agora você pode usar o Jamulus como qualquer outra aplicação. Se você vir uma mensagem dizendo que Jamulus não pode ser aberto porque o desenvolvedor não pode ser verificado, continue lendo e dê uma olhada na próxima seção.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po index f5f258252..ceefba657 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Take a look at [Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Beta 3 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_Beta3_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po index 34540b568..b1856bd8f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -153,5 +153,5 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 -msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po index 57b283a10..4bc83442c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -44,101 +44,101 @@ msgid "# Privacy Statement" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 -msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 msgid "## Definition of Terms" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:15 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 msgid "## Web site" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:21 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 msgid "## Jamulus Software" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:25 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "### Use of Profile Information" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client." +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:31 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 msgid "### Audio Recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 msgid "### Text Chat" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:43 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "### Data Transmission" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po index 6cfbe2f2c..3b669b803 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Running-a-Server.po @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 -msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories)" +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 -msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }})" +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`" +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -390,12 +390,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. \n" +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 -msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details." +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 -msgid "When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 -msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Linux.po deleted file mode 100644 index b435d76b2..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Server-Linux.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Server-Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. type: YAML Front Matter: title -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Headless Linux Server Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:9 -msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:11 -msgid "# Running a Headless Server" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:13 -msgid "The following is for running Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) and assumes Ubuntu/Debian distributions using systemd." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:15 -msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi, you will need to [compile from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). See also this [guide for Raspberry Pi](/kb/2020/03/28/Server-Rpi.html) maintained by Jamulus user fredsiva." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:17 -msgid "Download the [latest headless .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }})" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:18 -msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:19 -msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:20 -msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:21 -msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file in `/lib/systemd/system/jamulus-headless.service` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:22 -msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:23 -msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:25 -msgid "You may also be interested in downloading [this set of useful tools](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/tree/master/tools) from the Jamulus repository (clone the Git repo and also call `git submodule update --init`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:27 -msgid "## Notes" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:29 -msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:31 -msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:33 -msgid "### Running in Registered mode" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:35 -msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:43 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `--serverinfo`\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:45 -msgid "Replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:56 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"| Genre | Server address |\n" -"|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:59 -msgid "### Running as a Directory" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:61 -msgid "If you wish to run a [Custom Directory](Running-a-Server#3-custom-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:63 -msgid "### Viewing The Logs" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:65 -msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:67 -msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:69 -msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:72 -msgid "### Upgrading" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:74 -msgid "To upgrade your Server to a newer version, simply download a new .deb and re-install as step 3." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:76 -msgid "### Recording" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:78 -msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:81 -msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-serv er.service`)." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:85 -msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:90 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:95 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:97 -msgid "For starting a new recording:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:102 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:107 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:109 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:111 -msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:113 -msgid "Now you can run these with the `service start` command, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:115 -msgid "`sudo service jamulusTogglerec start` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:117 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `service jamulus status`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:119 -msgid "## Making a Server status page" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:121 -msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:123 -msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Server-Linux.md:138 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"~~~\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"~~~\n" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po index 2eb8b1961..786f87304 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Software-Manual.po @@ -590,12 +590,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "### Custom directory server address" +msgid "### Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 -msgid "Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default." +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 33cf4e4b9..2c17caa5a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -96,76 +96,82 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 -msgid "### Have a undisturbed session on any Server" +msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 -msgid "You can have a \"private\", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information)." +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 -msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 -msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 -msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 -msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 -msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 -msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 -msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 -msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 -msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 -msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 -msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" @@ -196,94 +202,94 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 #, no-wrap msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 msgid "## For Server admins" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 -msgid "### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 -msgid "You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 msgid "### Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 msgid "### Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "" "~~~\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/footertext.po b/_translator-files/po/pt/footertext.po deleted file mode 100644 index e29ab230c..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/footertext.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-09-18 21:05+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:4 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Tell us about Jamulus - [take our anonymous survey!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" -msgstr "**Conte-nos sobre Jamulus - [participe da nossa pesquisa anônima!](https://forms.gle/hSSjsxjWj2Pnp5kr7)**\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/misc/footertext.md:6 -msgid "_This documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.en){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Want to [get involved](Contribution)?_" -msgstr "_Essa documentação é licenciada sob a [Creative Commons Licence](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.pt){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noreferrer\" }. Quer [contribuir](Contribution)?_" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a372abf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-04 18:16+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"lang: \"pt_BR\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer e colaboradores\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus é um software open source que permite que músicos toquem, ensaiem ou simplesmente façam um som, em tempo real na Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Comece agora!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Baixe agora para'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" +"---\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " +msgstr " Jamulus é um programa para tocar, ensaiar ou simplesmente fazer um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga, nunca foi tão fácil tocar a distância e no ritmo. " + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Download it here" +msgstr "Baixe aqui" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"!\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"!\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +" in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +" " +msgstr "" +" No mundo inteiro Jamulus permite que grandes corais ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som e une músicos clássicos e populares. Tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância, \n" +" em escolas e universidades, públicas e privadas. Até mesmo para apenas falar - tudo em tempo real e na Internet, como se você estivesse lá em pessoa.\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Have a look at the " +msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "documentation" +msgstr "documentação" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid ". Especially consider the " +msgstr ". Considerar especialmente a " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "troubleshooting section" +msgstr "problemas e soluções" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"!\n" +" You can also ask on the " +msgstr "" +"!\n" +" Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "forums" +msgstr "fórums" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +".\n" +" " +msgstr "" +".\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Quer contribuir?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "free and open source software" +msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "GPL" +msgstr "GPL" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid ", you can help us!" +msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Take a look at our " +msgstr " Dê uma olhada nas nossas " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "contribution guidelines" +msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +" " +msgstr "" +" para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma 5ª dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +msgstr "esse paper escrito por Volker Fischer (PDF)" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b13a1868 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Troubleshooting\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:16 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:21 +msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 +msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4LL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:27 +msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:31 +msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 +msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:35 +msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 +msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:41 +msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:42 +msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:43 +msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 +msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:52 +msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:56 +msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 +msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:60 +msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 +msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:64 +msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 +msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:68 +msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 +msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:72 +msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 +msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:76 +msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 +msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 +msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:82 +msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 +msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:88 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:90 +msgid "Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:92 +msgid "Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "***\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:95 +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d94754f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:9 +msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:11 +msgid "## Shared commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:15 +msgid "## Client only commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:19 +msgid "## Server only commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:21 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19c34cab7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Contribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:9 +msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 +msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:18 +msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 +msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt/Custom-Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po similarity index 91% rename from _translator-files/po/pt/Custom-Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po index 33cf27a37..257286c2e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt/Custom-Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Custom-Directories.po @@ -3,29 +3,31 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" #. type: YAML Front Matter: lang #: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "br" #. type: YAML Front Matter: layout #: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fae27a626 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:12 +msgid "# Running a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:23 +msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebe12a2e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Jamulus FAQ\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:16 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:24 +msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 +msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:30 +msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:36 +msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 +msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 +msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:42 +msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 +msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 +msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:48 +msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:52 +msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 +msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:56 +msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 +msgid "\"Diagram" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 +msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:63 +msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 +msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:68 +msgid "## Server FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:70 +msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:74 +msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c8c99d21 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-16 15:48+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuração" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:9 +msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "# Configuração - começando com Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 +msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" +msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisará no mínimo de:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Uma conexão à internet por cabo** (e desative o wi-fi. Veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Fones de ouvido com cabo** (nem Bluetooth e nem Auto-falantes - veja a [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" +msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfone** ([veja essa lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 +msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:19 +msgid "## Installation" +msgstr "## Instalação" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 +msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" +msgstr "Para que o Jamulus funcione com o seu sistema operacional, siga o guia de instalação para sua plataforma:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) podem ser utilizados também, mas ainda são considerados experimentais._\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 +msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." +msgstr "Por ora, feche todos os outros aplicativos. É melhor começar de maneira simples." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:32 +msgid "## Hardware Setup" +msgstr "## Configuração de Hardware" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 +msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." +msgstr "Se você utiliza hardware de áudio externo, conecte-o antes de iniciar Jamulus. Se você não configurou seu hardware, consulte os guias de instalação mencionados acima." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:36 +msgid "## Jamulus main window" +msgstr "## Janela principal de Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 +msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" +msgstr "Ao abrir o Jamulus, você verá uma janela parecida com essa:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
A janela principal antes de conectar-se a um Servidor
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:46 +msgid "## Setting up a profile" +msgstr "## Configurando um perfil" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 +msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" +msgstr "Primeiro, mostre quem você é. Clique no botão “Definições” no canto esquerdo inferior e vá para “Meu Perfil…”. Agora você verá isso:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Let people know who you are
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Mostre quem você é
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 +msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." +msgstr "Preencha ao menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:58 +msgid "## Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "## Conectando-se a um Servidor e testando seu som" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 +msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 +msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 +msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 +msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:75 +msgid "## Playing for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 +msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 +msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 +msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:90 +msgid "## Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 +msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..710772e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 +msgid "" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 +msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 +msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 +msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 +msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 +msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:15 +msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1736da97e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49d490ee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Server-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:2 +msgid "`-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their \"Disconnect\" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:5 +msgid "`-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with \"Enable Small Network Buffers\" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:7 +msgid "`-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:8 +msgid "`-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:9 +msgid "`-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:10 +msgid "`-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:11 +msgid "`-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:12 +msgid "`-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:13 +msgid "`--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:15 +msgid "`--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:16 +msgid "`-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:17 +msgid "`-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:18 +msgid "`-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 +msgid "`-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md:19 +msgid "`--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01b56a952 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 +msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0075869e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:12 +msgid "# Installation for Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 +msgid "## Things to note about Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:18 +msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 +msgid "## Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:22 +msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 +msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:25 +msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:26 +msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "## Feedback and development" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:30 +msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "***\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:34 +msgid "## All installed?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:36 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:37 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6aacb072 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:11 +msgid "# Installation for Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 +msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 +msgid "We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:23 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:28 +msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:30 +msgid "After you downloaded the correct file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:39 +msgid "### Other distributions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:43 +msgid "## Set up your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:45 +msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:47 +msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:49 +msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:52 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:53 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +msgid "### Start Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:59 +msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 +msgid "## All installed?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:65 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:66 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aec8da7ef --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for macOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:11 +msgid "# Installation for macOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:23 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "***\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:29 +msgid "If you are using the \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS), the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:32 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:33 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:34 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:35 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:37 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From the on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:39 +msgid "## All installed?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:41 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:42 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5566aa98 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:11 +msgid "# Installation for Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "[Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 +msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "***\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:30 +msgid "## ASIO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:32 +msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 +msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:35 +msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 +msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 +msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:53 +msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:57 +msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:60 +msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:61 +msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:62 +msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:64 +msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Hints:**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:71 +msgid "### Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:75 +msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:77 +msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:81 +msgid "## All installed?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +msgid "Take a look at" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:84 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d7fcf2b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:12 +msgid "# Installation for iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 +msgid "## Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:18 +msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 +msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:21 +msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:22 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:25 +msgid "## Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:30 +msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:32 +msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:33 +msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/COMPILING.md#ios)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:38 +msgid "## Feedback and development" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 +msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 +msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/master/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "***\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +msgid "## All installed?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:49 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4eb392a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:9 +msgid "# Privacy Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:12 +msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:14 +msgid "## Definition of Terms" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:16 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus Server software, as opposed to the host machine/OS it is running on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:17 +msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:20 +msgid "## Web site" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We do not collect your personal data or set tracking cookies. When you connect to the jamulus.io site, your IP is sent to [GitHub Pages](https://pages.github.com/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:24 +msgid "## Jamulus Software" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 +msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:28 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +msgid "### Use of IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:34 +msgid "When you connect to Server, the Server operator can see your IP address while you are connected. If the Server operator has enabled logging (which is off by default) your IP address will also be logged and stored in the Server's log file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 +msgid "The IP addresses of all Servers registered with the Directory can also be seen by third parties for informational or other purposes (for example [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)). Your public IP address is otherwise not logged or stored by Jamulus, but may be stored or processed by third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:38 +msgid "### Audio Recordings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 +msgid "You will see a notice if you are connected to a Jamulus Server when Server recording is turned on. Recordings of each player are stored by the Server separately as .WAV files and only the Server operator has access to them unless they choose to make them available to third parties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:42 +msgid "### Text Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 +msgid "When you type a message in the Chat Window, other connected players can see that, but chats are not stored by the Server and neither the Server operator nor any third parties have access to them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +msgid "### Data Transmission" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 +msgid "Please note that all audio and text data is sent and received between the Jamulus Server and Client without encryption." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d97ab014 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:11 +msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 +msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 +msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 +msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8af9dc342 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -0,0 +1,788 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Server Administration Manual\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:16 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:22 +msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You can use the Servers listed by the built in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server or choose a third party hosting service. If you just want an undisturbed session, use the [soloing technique described on the Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-a-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). If you decide you cannot use any of the Servers listed by the built in Directories, you may be able to use a Server (either Registered in a Custom Directory, or Unregistered - see [Server Types](#server-types)) hosted by a third party. Doing so will save you the trouble of setting one up yourself.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:26 +msgid "## Basic requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 +msgid "While setting up a Server isn't difficult, it's a good idea to read the following background information to avoid some problems:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 +msgid "### Speed and latency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:34 +msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:36 +msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:38 +msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:41 +msgid "### General notes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:43 +msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:44 +msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:45 +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server at home will require you to [port forward](#port-forwarding) on your router. When running a Registered Server, port forwarding should not be necessary in most cases, but it's advisable to do so because some networks may not work properly with Jamulus in its default mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus only has limited IPv6 support which needs to be enabled with a command line argument on the Client and Server. (There are plans to expand IPv6 support.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:48 +msgid "## Server Types" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:50 +msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "### 1. Registered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:54 +msgid "Your Server will be listed in a Directory. By default, Jamulus has a list of built-in Directories that Clients can connect to. If you register with one of these, anyone can then discover and connect to your Server. You can also have your Server listed on a Custom Directory, if that better meets your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
How Registered Servers work
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:61 +msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:63 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:70 +msgid "If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you might need to enable [port forwarding](#port-forwarding) as described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +msgid "### 3. Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:76 +msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:79 +msgid "## Installation and Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:81 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus as a \"pure\" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +msgid "If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 +msgid "### Installation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:88 +msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +msgid "Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +msgid "Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:91 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +msgid "Check all is well with `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (hit `q` to get back to the command prompt)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +msgid "You can control Jamulus with the `systemctl` command. For example, to stop the Server cleanly:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 +msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:100 +msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:102 +msgid "### Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 +msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +msgid "The following minimum setup is required to [run a Registered Server](Running-a-Server#server-types):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"~~~\n" +"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" +"~~~\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:116 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Genre | Server Address |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:129 +msgid "You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the command line, providing the Server Address in the same format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:131 +msgid "#### Running as a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +msgid "If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 +msgid "### Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:137 +msgid "#### Viewing The Logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:139 +msgid "Jamulus will log to the system log file if you left the `StandardOutput=journal` setting in the unit file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:141 +msgid "To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read the system log file, filtered for the Jamulus service:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +msgid "`journalctl -f -u jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:147 +msgid "When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 +msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:158 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +"~~~\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:165 +msgid "For starting a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:170 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"~~~\n" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +"~~~\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:179 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:183 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` (assuming you named your unit file `jamulusTogglerec.service`)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 +msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications (assuming you put the files from the install there as per [these instructions](Installation-for-Macintosh)).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +msgid "## Server Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 +msgid "### The Directory list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the \"Options\" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +msgid "To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the \"Genre\" to \"Custom\". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +msgid "### My Server Info" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +msgid "When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 +msgid "### Chat Welcome Message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +msgid "The text entered here appears to all users when they join the Server (the chat window will open automatically for them). HTML is also supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +msgid "## Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 +msgid "### Recording Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +msgid "This sets the path to where the Server's recordings will be stored. With this path set, the \"Enable Jam Recorder\" function in the Server Setup tab will make recording start once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves. Use the \"New Recording\" button to create a new sub-directory in which the recordings will be stored from then on. Note that Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 +msgid "### Custom Directory Address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to list your Server on a [Custom Directory](#3-directory) or run a Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +msgid "### Server List Filename" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 +msgid "Leave this field empty unless you need to run your Server as a [Directory](#3-directory). When in use, this holds the list of registered Servers whilst restarting the Directory. This prevents the server list appearing \"empty\" until the Servers re-register." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +msgid "### Delay panning" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:239 +msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +msgid "### Start Minimised" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +msgid "### Server status icon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 +msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 +msgid "## Command line options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"```shell\n" +" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" +"```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:263 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"```shell\n" +" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" +"```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +msgid "## Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +msgid "### Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +msgid "If you set up your server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:284 +msgid "#### Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 +msgid "People from outside your home network will not be able to see things inside it. To let external Jamulus clients connect to your server, you need to set up port forwarding in your Router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help see your Router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for the current version of Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the machine running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Your home router may change the IP address of the machine you're running your Server on. Depending on your router, you might need to give this machine a static IP address (often under DHCP settings of your router).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:292 +msgid "#### Getting the external IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, get your external (WAN) IP address e.g. by [using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip) and give it to them. You yourself should connect using the local network (LAN) address of the machine the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same machine as your Server, that would be `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 +msgid "#### Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:300 +msgid "Most domestic internet connections change their external IP address after a short period. To avoid problems with this, you might want to set up \"dynamic DNS\" to get a static (sub-)domain you can share with others. Please research how to do that for your specic set up. Your router might support some \"dynamic DNS\" providers out of the box. If this is not the case, set up a dynamic DNS client as described by the dynamic DNS provider you chose." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +msgid "## Backing up the Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +msgid "_Note that headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:306 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:308 +msgid "## Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..035cd8b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bandwidth Use" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:11 +msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:13 +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:14 +msgid "Channels : stereo/mono" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:15 +msgid "Quality : high/medium/low" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 +msgid "Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:18 +msgid "With the following units" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:19 +msgid "ms : milliseconds" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:20 +msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 +msgid "Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Channels | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Stereo | High | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Low | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | High | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:32 +msgid "## Network bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" +"
\n" +" \"A\n" +"
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 +msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bb563af7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Server Troubleshooting\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:18 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:23 +msgid "## Servers - Registered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:25 +msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 +msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:33 +msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:35 +msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 +msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:39 +msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:48 +msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 +msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:56 +msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5770b28c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Jamulus User Manual\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 +msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:17 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:22 +msgid "# Main Window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:30 +msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:50 +msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:51 +msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:52 +msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:55 +msgid "## Input" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 +msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:60 +msgid "## Mute Myself button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 +msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:64 +msgid "## Reverb effect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 +msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:71 +msgid "## Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:77 +msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "## Server audio mixer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +msgid "### Grp button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +msgid "Defines a group of audio channels. Moving the fader of one member of the group moves the faders of all the others. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 +msgid "### Mute button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +msgid "### Solo button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +msgid "# Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:127 +msgid "## My Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +msgid "### Skin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +msgid "### Meter style" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +msgid "### Mixer rows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +msgid "### Audio Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +msgid "### Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:165 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:169 +msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +msgid "### Audio channels" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +msgid "There are three modes available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" +"the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "### Audio quality" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +msgid "### Buffer Delay" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:197 +msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:206 +msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:228 +msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:235 +msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +msgid "## Advanced Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +msgid "
\"Image
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 +msgid "### Custom Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:248 +msgid "### New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:252 +msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +msgid "### Input Boost" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "### Feedback Protection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:262 +msgid "### Input Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:266 +msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +msgid "# Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:286 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +"```shell\n" +"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +"```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +msgid "# Command Line Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"```shell\n" +" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +"```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"```shell\n" +" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +"```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:306 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a939eabc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "br" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "" + +#. type: YAML Front Matter: title +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"# Tips & Tricks\n" +" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 +msgid "Table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:16 +msgid "TOC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 +msgid "{:toc}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 +msgid "
" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:21 +msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 +msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:25 +msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:27 +msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:33 +msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:39 +msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:43 +msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:47 +msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 +msgid "Here is the script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"~~~\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" +"~~~\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:84 +msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 +msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 +msgid "## For Server admins" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:108 +msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +msgid "### Making a Server status page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"~~~\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"~~~\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..976c4d059 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt github +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt help +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help and support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb by +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "by" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Discuss this content" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Knowledge Base overview" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb navpages +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More pages" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb newpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb readmore +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Read more..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Open navigation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Website" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63b2ff332 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-15 13:18+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "macOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community Knowledge Base" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "post" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/kb/index.html" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:0 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More" +msgstr "" diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb41bc1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/139528948-4b8e72d1-38ec-4900-93dc-5166c42b6b80.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e866dbc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834648-689c3d9c-eda8-4b2f-b7d2-a6a28764cc24.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ade42499e --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834663-43b9d6e3-c107-4de8-abeb-6b9c1d3426f7.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe74d4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834690-69dd3caf-cb94-4a5a-94c0-afaf7dda168b.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111d28c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834923-803ba3f9-c3a3-4c6a-90a4-fdbe5e950244.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5957b00bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834838-c0c12d93-9bee-435d-8b4e-dcb006f86d20.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-green.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82cb4c3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-green.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835533-29060d31-b728-4c6b-83b7-cf374324e776.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-red.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a55e8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-red.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835547-0586976c-f6bc-43f2-a27f-256b87bd27f8.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f10f6ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835559-591734f3-c4b1-46be-9896-ac0ad9796a10.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2468d009a --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835619-7857c013-cc03-4ccc-b902-a1de0a2663d1.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c82ea1541 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835728-5dfe92b3-de74-48dc-946b-7061d89f5e22.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1aa645af --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836084-4a2f42f0-962c-486b-8d35-c20f6b70e5a9.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..425f77f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836179-2eeb2935-2871-48aa-bf88-9b2622c7f5aa.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-active.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd0ae7ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-active.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/master/src/res/servertrayiconactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..167f467d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/master/src/res/servertrayiconinactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2536b94a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-options.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142687-da256fa5-d7b8-47ab-9265-63c3c9760841.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..714fbf90e --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-window-setup.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178142684-1b85e654-78be-4909-a76c-945d7a0f7ccc.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..921e6cf7e --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836278-22b3fc12-52f6-4690-b9fd-9288a6fbffa2.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0d9bf2b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836358-62165b26-b755-4d26-bd90-448ae69ea46c.png diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2527e668f --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/178144679-bef8518c-f095-4848-86bf-7639cb508505.png diff --git a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md index f72cf1fb4..b2ac7f3ba 100644 --- a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md +++ b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Upload all the files. Then in the SourceForge web UI, for each of the files uplo ## Website: check links -We have used [linkcheck](https://github.com/filiph/linkcheck) in the past. +We have used [linkcheck](https://github.com/filiph/linkcheck) in the past. ``` $ git clone https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite.git @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Current state: - [ ] Update download links on the website by editing `_config.yml` in `next-release` - [ ] Disable branch protection rule of the `release` branch by clicking on "Edit" on the [Branches page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/settings/branches) and adding a `_` behind `release`. - [ ] Publish Website release by **squashing** and merging `next-release` into `release` - - [ ] Enable branch protection rule of the `release` branch after the site and the `.po` files are published by removing the `_` from the branch protection rule you edited on the [Branches page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/settings/branches). + - [ ] Enable branch protection rule of the `release` branch after the site and the `.po` files are published by removing the `_` from the branch protection rule you edited on the [Branches page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/settings/branches). - [ ] Announce the new release with a summary of changes (+ link to the changelog for details) and a link to the download page - [ ] On Github Discussions in the Announcements section. Lock the announcement thread. Pin the thread. Unpin and lock release candidate thread. - [ ] On Facebook in the group "Jamulus (official group)". Turn off replies. @@ -345,10 +345,10 @@ Please find all the details in the [Changelog](https://github.com/jamulussoftwar _Windows users: Please note that in the first days after release SmartScreen will probably display warnings about this release being unknown upon download and/or execution of the installer. Let us know when you do not see this warning anymore and we will update this announcement accordingly._ **[↓ Windows]()** (ASIO version), alternative: [↓ JACK version]() -**[↓ macOS (Intel)]()** for Catalina (10.15) and higher and [↓ macOS legacy build]() (unsigned) for macOS Mojave (10.14) down to Yosemite (10.10). -**[↓ macOS (Apple Silicon)]()** for Big Sur (11.0) or later (needs ARM chip) +**[↓ macOS (Universal)]()** for Catalina (10.15) and higher and [↓ macOS legacy build]() (unsigned) for macOS Mojave (10.14) down to Yosemite (10.10). **[↓ Debian/Ubuntu (amd64)]()**, alternative: [↓ headless version]() **[↓ Debian/Ubuntu (armhf)]()**, alternative: [↓ headless version]() +**[↓ Debian/Ubuntu (arm64)]()**, alternative: [↓ headless version]() **[↓ Android]()** (experimental) **[↓ iOS]()** (experimental. Unsigned: Needs to be signed before installation on device. Please see the [iOS install page](https://jamulus.io/wiki/Installation-for-iOS)) diff --git a/wiki/en-no-translate/Directory-Servers.md b/wiki/en-no-translate/Directory-Servers.md index f397a6f9e..ef2e7e389 100644 --- a/wiki/en-no-translate/Directory-Servers.md +++ b/wiki/en-no-translate/Directory-Servers.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- layout: redirect -redirect: "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +redirect: "/wiki/Directories" lang: "en" permalink: "/wiki/Directory-Servers" category: "hidden" diff --git a/wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md b/wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md deleted file mode 100644 index 75ca9e4c5..000000000 --- a/wiki/en/Custom-Directories.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ ---- -layout: wiki -title: "Custom Directories" -lang: "en" -permalink: "/wiki/Custom-Directories" ---- - -{% include breadcrumb.html root="More" branch1="Server Administration" branch1-url="Running-a-Server" %} - - -# Running a Custom Directory - -This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types). - -To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them. - -To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers. - -When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to "localhost", then select "Custom" from the Directory drop-down list. - - -### Points to note about Directories - -- If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`. - -- When running a Directory behind a NAT firewall on a private network, use the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address of the Server(s) being listed by your Directory if those Servers are on the same LAN / with the same public IP as the Directory. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to them via NAT. Note that for the Servers using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall. - -- If you are running your Server as a Directory and need to restart it for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to. - -- Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory. diff --git a/wiki/en/Directories.md b/wiki/en/Directories.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fa1131bb --- /dev/null +++ b/wiki/en/Directories.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +layout: wiki +title: "Directories" +lang: "en" +permalink: "/wiki/Directories" +--- + +{% include breadcrumb.html root="More" branch1="Server Administration" branch1-url="Running-a-Server" %} + + +# Running a Directory + +This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types). + +To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them. + +To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers. + +When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to "localhost", then select "Custom" from the Directory drop-down list. + + +### Points to note about Directories + +- If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`. + +- When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall. + +- When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the "hole punch" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the "hole punch" would fail.) + +- If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to. + +- Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory. diff --git a/wiki/en/FAQ.md b/wiki/en/FAQ.md index 614f214d5..aca813efb 100644 --- a/wiki/en/FAQ.md +++ b/wiki/en/FAQ.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Cl ### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules? -In general, if somebody lists a Server on one of the Public Directories provided by Jamulus by default, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms built in. However, some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window. +If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these. Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types). @@ -72,4 +72,3 @@ Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding. - diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md index 083baf246..a713c4c30 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md +++ b/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -- `-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their "Disconnect" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. -- `-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information. -- `--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Custom-Directories) for further information. -- `-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. -- `-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with "Enable Small Network Buffers" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients. -- `-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name -- `-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect -- `-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name -- `-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[locale value]` (see [values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only -- `-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning) -- `-R` or `--recording` Include a writeable path where the files should be stored (in quotes if needed). See [Options](#options). -- `--norecord` Disable recording when enabled by default by `-R` +- `-d` or `--discononquit` Disconnect all Clients on quit. Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not used their "Disconnect" buttons will re-establish connection when the Server comes back up again. Using this option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server. +- `-e` or `--directoryserver` Register the Server on a Directory (e.g. to set its genre (see also `-o`)). See [Server Types](#server-types) for further information. +- `--directoryfile` Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. Directory Servers only. See [this guide](Directories) for further information. +- `-f` or `--listfilter` Whitelist Servers registering on the Server list, format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]` Directories only. +- `-F` or `--fastupdate` Reduces latency if Clients connect with "Enable Small Network Buffers" option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients. +- `-l` or `--log` Enable logging, set path and file name +- `-L` or `--licence` Show an agreement window before users can connect +- `-m` or `--htmlstatus` Enable HTML status file, set path and file name +- `-o` or `--serverinfo` Location details in the format: `[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]` (see [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) or [Qt5 Locale values](https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qlocale.html#Country-enum)) Registered Servers only +- `-P` or `--delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled See [notes](#delay-panning) +- `-R` or `--recording` Set server recording directory; Server will record when a session is active by default. See [Options](#options). +- `--norecord` Set server not to record by default (when recording is configured e.g via `-R`) - `-s` or `--server` Start in Server mode -- `--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to -- `-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients -- `-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients) -- `-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. -- `-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized -- `--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Custom-Directories#points-to-note-about-directories) +- `--serverbindip` Specify the IP address to bind to +- `-T` or `--multithreading` Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs to support more Clients +- `-u` or `--numchannels` Maximum number of channels (Clients) +- `-w` or `--welcomemessage` Welcome message on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. +- `-z` or `--startminimized` Start minimized +- `--serverpublicip` The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [Notes on Directories](Directories#points-to-note-about-directories) diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md index bf7789a87..3171ffc31 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head o Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the -[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button} +[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button} diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md index 13a0a47a9..418cc92d9 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md @@ -15,21 +15,22 @@ Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing- ### Debian and Ubuntu -We provide two equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one: +We provide three equivalent `.deb` files for the most common architectures. Please download the appropriate one: **For Intel/AMD based machines (amd64):** [Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button} -**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf):** +**For ARM based machines (e.g. Raspberry Pi, armhf, arm64):** -[Download Jamulus (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} +[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} +[Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button} After you downloaded the correct file: 1. *Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu "universe" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788)). 1. Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update` -1. Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` or for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` +1. Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}` 1. Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows. Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above. @@ -62,4 +63,4 @@ If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported b Take a look at the -[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button} +[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button} diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md index 62ab52f2d..eadd2af1b 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md @@ -13,22 +13,9 @@ Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page. Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first. -We provide three downloads for macOS. Please download the appropriate one: - -**For macOS running on Intel:** - -[Download Jamulus (Intel)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button} - -For macOS Mojave (10.14 or lower) please [download the legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }}) - -**For macOS running on Apple Silicon:** - -[Download Jamulus (Apple Silicon)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-arm }}){: .button} - +1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\ + **macOS Mojave (10.14) or lower:** [Download legacy version]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac-legacy }})\\ **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download) - -After you downloaded the correct file: - 1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window. 1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. @@ -52,4 +39,4 @@ You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows Take a look at the -[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button} +[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button} diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md index df0197ce6..180a4f8bb 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md @@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented i Take a look at -[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button} +[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button} diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md index e12168c9b..9380a4392 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulusso Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the -[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button} +[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button} diff --git a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md index 50c01974e..5874125a8 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md +++ b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" # Privacy Statement Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the "en" link. +The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io). ## Definition of Terms @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. We ### Use of Profile Information -When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. The Server does not otherwise store or record your Profile information and the Server operator has no access to it unless they are also connected as using a Client. +When you connect to a Server, whatever you put in My Profile (in Settings) will be shown to others on that Server while you are connected to it. Note that, depending on the other client, you may not see them. Also, the Server operator can see the name you set in My Profile and your IP address, using the Server either through the GUI or JSON-RPC. When you connect to a Server, your profile may also be available to third parties from the Directory to which that Server is registered. This can be for informational purposes about the status of the public Jamulus network (for example, [here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), but may not be limited to that. Profile information is not otherwise logged or stored by the Jamulus Server you are connected to, or by the Jamulus Directory, but may be stored or processed by third parties. diff --git a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md index 6a96d9d42..772263601 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md +++ b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md @@ -72,21 +72,21 @@ If you are running an unregistered server behind a home internet connection, you If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools. -To run a Directory [read this guide](Custom-Directories) +To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories) ## Installation and Configuration Most people run Jamulus as a "pure" Server on **hardware without audio** (e.g. on a 3rd party/cloud host) running Linux. The following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution using systemd. To run a server on Windows or on the desktop with a graphical user interface, [see this section](#servers-on-the-desktop). -If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for `armhf`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine. +If you want to run a Server on a Raspberry Pi (or a different armhf/arm64 debian-based device), you will need to download the `.deb` files for 32 bit `armhf` or 64 bit `arm64`, not the default `amd64` ones you'd use on an Intel/AMD based machine. ### Installation -1. Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) +1. Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) 1. Update apt to make sure you have a current list of standard packages: `sudo apt update` -1. Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}` +1. Install the Jamulus package: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}` or for RasPi etc. armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}`; arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}` 1. Enable the headless Server process via systemd: `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless` 1. Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server). 1. Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless` @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ You can also specify a [Directory](#3-directory) in the same way from the comman #### Running as a Directory -If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Custom-Directories). +If you wish to run a [Directory](Running-a-Server#3-directory) please see [this guide](Directories). ### Maintenance @@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ To view the log, use `journalctl` (to exit press Ctrl-C). For example, to read t #### Controlling Recording -When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording enabled on/off. +When using the recording function with the `-R` command line option, if the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new Directory. SIGUSR2 will recording enabled on/off. -To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`). +To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`). **Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk). @@ -201,15 +201,15 @@ Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical u **None**: By default, you will not be connected to a Directory and will be running in unregistered mode. [Read these instructions](#running-an-unregistered-server) to have other people connect to your Server in this mode. -**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the built-in Public Directories, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. +**Genre**: To allow other people to see your Server on one of the Directories built into the Client, select your desired genre Directory. You should see a confirmation message saying whether your Server has registered successfully. If not, and you leave your Server running, it will keep trying to register until a free slot becomes available. **Custom**: This allows you to specify a custom directory on which to be listed. See the "Options" tab for the Custom Directory address you want to use. -To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the "Genre" to "Custom". [Read this guide](Custom-Directories) for further details. +To run your Server _as_ a Directory, you need to set the Custom Directory address as `localhost` or `127.0.0.1` and set the "Genre" to "Custom". [Read this guide](Directories) for further details. ### My Server Info -When running as a registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing. +When running as a Registered Server this displays the Server's name, city and country so that other users can easily identify it in the Directory listing. ### Chat Welcome Message @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like ## Running an Unregistered Server -It is highly recommended to test your Server on a **Public Directory** first so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode. +It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first** so as to narrow down any subsequent problems in unregistered mode. ### Setting up a Server behind a home router diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md index 98a8f6f5a..8450e5fe7 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md +++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md @@ -240,9 +240,9 @@ rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a
Image of advanced settings window
-### Custom directory server address +### Custom Directories -Leave this blank unless you need to enter the address of a directory server other than the default. +If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. ### New Client Level @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, ### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders -Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece. +Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece. # Backing up Jamulus diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md index 58cb1d889..2812d9fd6 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md +++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md @@ -23,9 +23,11 @@ Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has ## Using the Jamulus Client -### Have a undisturbed session on any Server +### Have an undisturbed session on any Server -You can have a "private", undisturbed session with other people on any Server, including publically listed Servers, by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server (note that this does not stop them from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information). +You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server. + +**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information. ### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps @@ -94,13 +96,13 @@ Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. -*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and choose "Sort Users by Name". +*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch between "No User Sorting" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). ## For Server admins -### Converting a public Server to a private one on the fly +### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly -You can run a public Server long enough for your band to connect, then go private by simply unchecking the 'Make my Server Public' box in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!) +You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go "private" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to "none" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!) ### Remote management of recordings diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html index f8656f4de..eaf7ba151 100644 --- a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html +++ b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ --- -title: "Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free." +title: "Jamulus — Play music online with friends." lang: "en" permalink: / layout: mainhomepage ldjAppCategory: "Music" -ldjSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." +ldjSlogan: "Play music online with friends." ldjCreator: "Volker Fischer and contributors" -metadescription: "Jamulus is open source software which enables musicians to perform music, rehearse or just jam, all in real time over the Internet." +metadescription: "Copylefted libre (GPLv2+) software for musicians to perform, rehearse or just jam together — live over the Internet." mAltProgIcon: "Jamulus icon" -mTSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." +mTSlogan: "Play music online with friends." mTGetStartedNow: "Get started now!" mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for' mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms' @@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
-

What is Jamulus?

- Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. Download it here! +

Jamulus?

+ Play together remotely. Collaborative high quality, low-latency sound via broadband — with friends, your band, or someone found online.
@@ -30,26 +30,25 @@

What is Jamulus?

\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
-

Jamulus worldwide

- All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, - in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person. -

Help needed?

+

Worldwide

+ Rehersals, tutoring, performances, and even the spoken word, + private or public. Even the spoken word — as if you were there in person. +

Help?

- Have a look at the documentation. Especially consider the troubleshooting section! + Check out the documentation. Especially the troubleshooting section. You can also ask on the forums.

-

Want to get involved?

+

Get involved

- Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is free and open source software (FOSS) licensed under the GPL, you can help us!
- Take a look at our contribution guidelines to find out how. Everybody is welcome! + Use, see, change, and share — with all. write code or translate,
+ as per the helpful guidelines.

- For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF). + More on collaborative sound, by Volker Fischer (PDF).